As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 11, 2019

1933 Act File No. 333-230320

1940 Act File No. 811-23166

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-2

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

[X]	Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933
[X]	Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2
[   ]	Post-Effective Amendment No. _

and

[X]	Registration Statement Under the Investment Company Act of 1940
[X]	Amendment No. 8

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.

Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter

325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654

Address of Principal Executive Offices (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code)

(312) 832-1440

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code

Marcus L. Collins, Esq.

RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC

325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Name and Address (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code) of Agent for Service

Copies of Communications to:

Morrison C. Warren, Esq.

Walter L. Draney, Esq.

E. Roy Kim, Esq.
Chapman and Cutler LLP
111 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement 

_______________

If any of the securities being registered on this form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. [X]

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

[ ] when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c)

_______________

Calculation of Registration Fee Under the Securities Act of 1933

Title of Securities Being Registered	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)	Amount of Registration Fee(2)(3)
Common Shares, $0.0001 par value (2)
Preferred Shares, $0.0001 par value (2)
Subscription Rights for Common Shares (2)
Subscription Rights for Preferred Shares (2)
Subscription Rights for Common Shares and Preferred Shares (2)
Total	$300,000,000	$36,360.00

(1)	Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee. The proposed maximum offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this registration statement.
(2)	There is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of common or preferred stock or subscription rights to purchase common stock, preferred stock or common and preferred stock as may be sold, from time to time. In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time pursuant to this registration statement exceed $300,000,000.
(3)	$36,360 of which has been previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

-2-

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

BASE PROSPECTUS

Subject to Completion, Dated October 11, 2019

$300,000,000

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.

Common Stock
Preferred Stock
Subscription Rights for Common Stock

Subscription Rights for Preferred Stock
Subscription Rights for Common and Preferred Stock

The Fund. RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company.

Investment Objective. The Fund’s investment objective is current income and overall total return. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Principal Investment Strategies. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by allocating its Managed Assets (as defined below) among the two principal investment strategies described below:

Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy (10% - 35% of Managed Assets): This strategy seeks to (i) generate returns through investments in closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds and business development companies (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”) that invest primarily in income-producing securities, and (ii) derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds.

Opportunistic Income Strategy (65% - 90% of Managed Assets): This strategy seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns through investments in fixed income instruments and other investments, including agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, and real estate investment trusts. At least 50% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy is invested in mortgage-backed securities.

(continued on next page)

The Fund may offer, from time to time, up to $300,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of (i) shares of its common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Shares”), (ii) shares of its preferred stock (“Preferred Shares”), and/or (iii) subscription rights to purchase Common Shares, Preferred Shares or both (“Rights” and, together with the Common Shares and Preferred Shares, “Securities”), in one or more offerings in amounts, at prices and on terms set forth in a supplement to this Prospectus. See “Description Of The Fund’s Securities” beginning on page 65. See also “Risks—Risks Associated with Offerings of Additional Common Shares,” “Risks—Risks of Issuing Rights” and “Risks—Leverage Risks.”

The Fund may offer Securities directly to one or more purchasers, including existing common shareholders and/or preferred shareholders in a Rights offering, through agents that the Fund or the purchasers designate from time to time, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The prospectus supplement relating to the particular offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of the Fund’s Securities, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and such agents or underwriters or among the underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The prospectus supplement relating to any sale of preferred stock will set forth the liquidation preference and information about the dividend period, dividend rate, any call protection or non-call period and other matters. A supplement to this Prospectus relating to any offering of subscription rights will set forth the number of shares (common or preferred) issuable upon the exercise of each right and the other terms of such rights offering, including whether the Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of such rights are convertible into Common Shares. The Fund may not sell Securities through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this Prospectus and a prospectus supplement. For more information about the manner in which the Fund may offer shares of its common stock, see “Plan of Distribution.”

The currently outstanding shares of the Fund’s common stock are, and the shares of the Fund’s common stock offered in this Prospectus will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading or “ticker” symbol “OPP.” The net asset value of the Fund’s common stock on September 12, 2019 was $17.75 per share, and the last sale price of the Fund’s common stock on the NYSE on such date was $17.36. Shares of common stock of closed-end funds, like the Fund, frequently trade at discounts to their net asset values. If the shares of the Fund’s common stock trade at a discount to net asset value, the risk of loss may increase for purchasers in an offering under this prospectus, especially for those investors who expect to sell their shares in a relatively short period after purchasing shares in such an offering. See “Risks—Market Discount.” Following a Rights offering, a shareholder may experience dilution in net asset value per share of stock if the subscription price per share is below the net asset value per share on the expiration date. See “Risks—Risks of Issuing Rights.”

The applicable prospectus supplement will set forth whether or not the Preferred Shares offered in this Prospectus will be listed or traded on any securities exchange. If the Fund’s Preferred Shares are not listed on a securities exchange, there may be no active secondary trading market for such shares and an investment in such shares may be illiquid.

The Prospectus sets forth concisely the information about the Fund and the Securities that a prospective investor ought to know before investing in the Fund. You should read this Prospectus and the related prospectus supplement, which contain important information about the Fund, before deciding whether to invest in the Fund’s Securities, and retain them for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated (the “SAI”), containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Prospectus, the SAI (the table of contents of which is on page 87 of this Prospectus), annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders and other information about the Fund, or make shareholder inquiries, by calling (855) 862-6092, by writing to the Fund at 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, IL 60654, or by visiting the Fund’s and the Adviser’s website at www.rivernorth.com (information included on the website does not form a part of this Prospectus), or from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the SEC, paper copies of the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders will no longer be sent by mail unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from the Fund or from your financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank). Instead, the reports will be made available on the Fund’s website at www.rivernorth.com, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website address to access the report.

If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from the Fund electronically by contacting your financial intermediary or, if you are a direct investor, by calling (855) 862-6092.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. If you invest through a financial intermediary, you can contact your financial intermediary to request that you continue to receive paper copies of your shareholder reports. If you invest directly with the Fund, you can call (855) 862-6092 to let the Fund know you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds held in your account if you invest through a financial intermediary or all funds held with the fund complex if you invest directly with the Fund.

ii 

Investing in the Fund involves certain risks. See “Risks” beginning on page 28 of this Prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

(continued from previous page)

The Fund, or the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests, may invest in securities of any credit quality, including, without limit, securities that are rated below investment grade, except that, under normal market conditions, no more than 60% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy is invested in below investment grade and “senior loan” Underlying Funds, and the Fund invests at least 20% of the Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy in securities rated investment grade (or unrated securities judged by the Subadviser (as defined below) to be of comparable quality). Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities and are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. See “Risks—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”

Under normal market conditions, the Fund may allocate between 10% and 35% of its Managed Assets to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and between 65% and 90% of its Managed Assets to the Opportunistic Income Strategy. Subject to the foregoing ranges, the Adviser (as defined below) determines the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations. See “Investment Philosophy and Process.” “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding).

Investment Adviser and Subadviser. The Fund’s investment adviser is RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC and the Fund’s subadviser is DoubleLine® Capital LP. See “Management of the Fund.”

Contingent Conversion Feature. The Fund’s Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company. If approved by shareholders, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end management investment company within 12 months of such approval. If not approved by shareholders, the Fund will continue operating as a closed-end management investment company. See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”

Leverage. The Fund may borrow money and/or issue preferred stock, notes or debt securities for investment purposes. The Fund currently anticipates that it could also obtain leverage through the use of reverse repurchase agreements. Since the holders of common stock pay all expenses related to the issuance of debt or use of leverage, any use of leverage would create a greater risk of loss for the Fund’s common stock than if leverage is not used. See “Risks—Leverage Risks.”

The Fund’s Securities do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

Prospectus dated .

iii 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
Prospectus Summary	1
Summary Of Fund Expenses	14
Financial Highlights	16
Market and Net Asset Value Information	18
The Fund	19
The Offering	19
Use Of Proceeds	20
Investment Objective, Strategies And Policies	20
Investment Philosophy and Process	24
Contingent Conversion Feature	25
Use Of Leverage	26
Risks	28
Management Of The Fund	60
Net Asset Value	62
Dividends And Distributions	62
Dividend Reinvestment Plan	64
Description Of The Fund’s Securities	65
Certain Provisions Of The Fund’s Charter And Bylaws And Of Maryland Law	69
Repurchase Of Shares	76
Rights Offerings	77
Conversion To Open-End Fund	77
U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters	77
Plan of Distribution	82
Administrator, Fund Accountant, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Custodian	85
Legal Matters	85
Control Persons	85
Additional Information	85
The Fund’s Privacy Policy	86
Table Of Contents For The Statement Of Additional Information	87

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus and any related prospectus supplement. The Fund has not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information provided by this Prospectus and any related prospectus supplement is accurate as of any date other than the respective dates on the front covers. The Fund’s business, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since that date.

iv 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s securities offered by this Prospectus. You should review the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus, any related prospectus supplement and the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), including the documents incorporated by reference. In particular, you should carefully read the section entitled “Risks” in this Prospectus.
The Fund	RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is a Maryland corporation registered as a diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund commenced operations and completed its initial public offering of common stock in September 2016, raising approximately $215 million in equity after payment of offering expenses (and including the exercise of the overallotment option). As of June 30, 2019, the Fund had 11,013,787 shares of its common stock outstanding and net assets applicable to such shares of $199,213,000. The shares of the Fund’s common stock offered by this Prospectus are called “Common Shares” and the holders of Common Shares are called “Common Shareholders.” As used hereinafter in this Prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, “common shares” refers to the shares of the Fund’s common stock currently outstanding as well as those Common Shares offered by this Prospectus and the holders of common shares are called “common shareholders.” As of the date of this Prospectus, the Fund has not issued any shares of preferred stock (“Preferred Shares”). An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors.
The Offering	The Fund may offer, from time to time, up to $300,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of (i) Common Shares, (ii) Preferred Shares, and/or (iii) subscription rights to purchase Common Shares, Preferred Shares or both (“Rights” and, together with the Common Shares and the Preferred Shares, “Securities) in one or more offerings in amounts, at prices and on terms set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus. See “Description Of The Fund’s Securities.” See also “Risks—Risks Associated with Offerings of Additional Common Shares,” “Risks—Risks of Issuing Rights” and “Risks—Leverage Risks.”
	The Fund may offer Securities directly to one or more purchasers, including existing common shareholders and/or preferred shareholders in a Rights offering, through agents that the Fund or the purchasers designate from time to time, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The prospectus supplement relating to the offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of the Securities, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and such agents or underwriters or among underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The prospectus supplement relating to any sale of preferred stock will set forth the liquidation preference and information about the dividend period, dividend rate, any call protection or non-call period and other matters. A supplement to this Prospectus relating to any offering of subscription rights will set forth the number of shares (common or preferred) issuable upon the exercise of each right and the other terms of such rights offering, including whether the Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of such right are convertible into Common Shares. The Fund may not sell Securities through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this Prospectus and a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of the Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

1 

	Offerings of Common Shares will be subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act, which generally require that the public offering price of common shares of a closed-end investment company (exclusive of distribution commissions and discounts) must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of the company’s common stock (calculated within 48 hours of pricing), absent shareholder approval or under certain other circumstances. The Fund may, however, issue Common Shares pursuant to exercises of Rights at prices below net asset value. See “Risks—Risks of Issuing Rights.”
Use of Proceeds	Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, the Fund expects to invest the net proceeds from any sales of Securities in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as stated below, or use such proceeds for other general corporate purposes within approximately three months of receipt of such proceeds. Pending any such use, the proceeds may be invested in cash, cash equivalents, short-term debt securities or U.S. government securities. A delay in the anticipated use of proceeds could lower returns and reduce the Fund’s distributions to common shareholders.
Investment Adviser and Subadviser	The Fund’s investment adviser is RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) and the Fund’s subadviser is DoubleLine® Capital LP (the “Subadviser”). The Adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets (as defined below) allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy (as described below). The Subadviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy (as described below). Subject to the ranges noted below, the Adviser determines the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations. See “Management of the Fund.”
Investment Objective	The Fund’s investment objective is current income and overall total return. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
Principal Investment Strategies and Policies	The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by allocating its Managed Assets among the two principal strategies described below. The Adviser determines the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations. See “Risks—Asset Allocation Risk.” Under normal market conditions, the Fund may allocate between 10% and 35% of its Managed Assets to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy (as described below) and 65% to 90% of its Managed Assets to the Opportunistic Income Strategy (as described below). See “Investment Philosophy and Process.”

2 

Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy (10%-35% of Managed Assets). This strategy seeks to (i) generate returns through investments in closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and business development companies (“BDCs,” and, together with the Fund’s investments in closed-end funds and ETFs, the “Underlying Funds”) that invest primarily in income-producing securities, and (ii) derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds. See “Risks—Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy Risk.” All Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

Under normal market conditions: (i) no more than 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy is invested in “equity” Underlying Funds; (ii) no more than 60% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy is invested in below investment grade (also known as “high yield” and “junk”) and “senior loan” Underlying Funds; and (iii) no more than 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy is invested in “emerging market income” Underlying Funds. The Fund will also limit its investments in closed-end funds (including BDCs) that have been in operation for less than one year to no more than 10% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy. The Fund will not invest in inverse ETFs or leveraged ETFs. The types of Underlying Funds referenced in this paragraph are categorized in accordance with the fund categories established and maintained by Morningstar, Inc. The investment parameters stated above (and elsewhere in this Prospectus) apply only at the time of purchase. The Fund’s shareholders indirectly bear the expenses, including the management fees, of the Underlying Funds. See “Risks—Underlying Fund Risks.”

The Underlying Funds in which the Adviser seeks to invest will generally focus on a broad range of fixed income securities or sectors, including Underlying Funds that invest in the following securities or sectors: convertible securities, preferred stocks, high yield securities, exchange-traded notes, structured notes, dividend strategies, covered call option strategies, real estate-related investments, energy, utility and other income-oriented strategies. In addition, the Fund may invest directly in debt securities issued by certain credit-oriented, unlisted Underlying Funds, including BDCs, identified by the Adviser in its due diligence process (“Private Debt”). The Adviser believes investments in Private Debt can provide the Fund with the opportunity to obtain more favorable terms than similar publicly traded debt investments with similar risk profiles. See “Risks—Private Debt Risk.”

The Fund may invest in Underlying Funds that invest in securities that are rated below investment grade, including those receiving the lowest ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business (“S&P”), Fitch Ratings, a part of the Fitch Group (“Fitch”), or Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser or Subadviser (as defined below) to be of comparable credit quality, which indicates that the security is in default or has little prospect for full recovery of principal or interest. See “Risks—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risk.” Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities. Below investment grade securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Lower rated below investment grade securities are considered more vulnerable to nonpayment than other below investment grade securities and their issuers are more dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. The lowest rated below investment grade securities are typically already in default. See “Risks—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”

3 

The Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests will not include those that are advised or subadvised by the Adviser, the Subadviser or their affiliates.

Under normal circumstances, the Fund intends to maintain long positions in Underlying Funds; however, the Fund may at times establish hedging positions. Hedging positions may include short sales and derivatives, such as options, futures and swaps (“Hedging Positions”). Under normal market conditions, no more than 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets is in Hedging Positions (as determined based on the market value of such Hedging Positions). See “Risks—Derivatives Risks” and “Risks—Options and Futures Risks.”

A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security that it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the security. The Fund may benefit from a short position when the shorted security decreased in value. The Fund will not engage in any short sales of securities issued by closed-end funds and BDCs. See “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies—Principal Investment Strategies—Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy” and “Risks—Short Sale Risks.”

Under the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy, the Fund also may attempt to enhance the return on the cash portion of its portfolio by investing in total return swap agreements. A total return swap agreement provides the Fund with a return based on the performance of an underlying asset, in exchange for fee payments to a counterparty based on a specific rate. The difference in the value of these income streams is recorded daily by the Fund, and is typically settled in cash at least monthly. If the underlying asset declines in value over the term of the swap, the Fund would be required to pay the dollar value of that decline plus any applicable fees to the counterparty. The Fund may use its own net asset value or any other reference asset that the Adviser chooses as the underlying asset in a total return swap. The Fund will limit the notional amount of all total return swaps in the aggregate to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. See “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies—Principal Investment Strategies—Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy“ and “Risks—Swap Risks.”

4 

Opportunistic Income Strategy (65%-90% of Managed Assets). This strategy seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns through investments in fixed income instruments and other investments, including agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). At least 50% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy is invested in mortgage-backed securities. See “Risks—Fixed Income Securities Risks,” “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk” and “Risks—Municipal Securities Risk.”

Under this strategy, the Fund may invest in securities of any credit quality, including, without limit, securities that are rated below investment grade, except that the Fund invests at least 20% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy in securities rated investment grade (or unrated securities judged by the Subadviser to be of comparable quality). In addition, the Subadviser does not currently expect that the Fund will invest more than 15% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy in corporate debt securities (excluding mortgage-backed securities) or sovereign debt instruments rated below B- by Moody’s and below B3 by S&P or Fitch (or unrated securities determined by the Subadviser to be of comparable quality). The Fund’s investments in below investment grade securities under this strategy may include securities receiving the lowest ratings from S&P (i.e., D-), Fitch (i.e., D-) or Moody’s (i.e., C3), or comparably rated by another NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser or Subadviser to be of comparable credit quality, which indicates that the security is in default or has little prospect for full recovery of principal or interest. See “Risks—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risk.” Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities. Below investment grade securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Lower rated below investment grade securities are considered more vulnerable to nonpayment than other below investment grade securities and their issuers are more dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. The lowest rated below investment grade securities are typically already in default. See “Risks—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”

The Fund invests no more than 20% of its Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy in non-U.S. investments, including emerging market investments. See “Risks—Emerging Market Investments.”

Investments under the Opportunistic Income Strategy may include substantial investments in mortgage-backed securities, including agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”). These RMBS investments have undergone extreme volatility over the past several years, driven primarily by high default rates and the securities being downgraded to “junk” status. See “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks.”

5 

Investments under the Opportunistic Income Strategy may include mortgage- or asset-backed securities of any kind, including, by way of example, mortgage- or asset-related securities not subject to the credit support of the U.S. Government or any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, including obligations backed or supported by sub-prime mortgages, which are subject to certain special risks. See “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks.”

Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may include, among other things, securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies, or its instrumentalities or sponsored corporations, or securities of domestic or foreign private issuers. Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by banks or other financial institutions, special-purpose vehicles established for such purpose, or private issuers, or by government agencies or instrumentalities. Privately issued mortgage-backed securities include any mortgage-backed security other than those issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-backed securities may include, without limitation, interests in pools of residential mortgages or commercial mortgages, and may relate to domestic or non-U.S. mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities include, but are not limited to, securities representing interests in, collateralized or backed by, or whose values are determined in whole or in part by reference to any number of mortgages or pools of mortgages or the payment experience of such mortgages or pools of mortgages, including Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), which could include resecuritizations of REMICs, mortgage pass-through securities, inverse floaters, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized loan obligations, collateralized debt obligations, multiclass pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities), and securitizations of various receivables, including, for example, credit card and automobile finance receivables. Certain mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may represent an inverse interest-only class of security for which the holders are entitled to receive no payments of principal and are entitled only to receive interest at a rate that will vary inversely with a specified index or reference rate, or a multiple thereof.

The Fund may purchase other types of debt securities and other income-producing investments of any kind, including, by way of example, U.S. Government securities; debt securities issued by domestic or foreign corporations; obligations of foreign sovereigns or their agencies or instrumentalities; equity, mortgage, or hybrid REIT securities; bank loans (including, among others, participations, assignments, senior loans, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities); municipal securities and other debt securities issued by states or local governments and their agencies, authorities and other government-sponsored enterprises. See “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies—Principal Investment Strategies—Opportunistic Income Strategy.”

6 

	“Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding).
	In addition to the foregoing principal investment strategies of the Fund, the Adviser also may allocate the Fund’s Managed Assets among cash and short-term investments. See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Temporary Investments and Defensive Position” in the SAI. There are no limits on the Fund’s portfolio turnover, and the Fund may buy and sell securities to take advantage of potential short-term trading opportunities without regard to length of time and when the Adviser or Subadviser believes investment considerations warrant such action. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was approximately 27%.
	Unless otherwise specified, the investment policies and limitations of the Fund are not considered to be fundamental by the Fund and can be changed without a vote of the common shareholders. The Fund’s investment objective and certain investment restrictions specifically identified as such in the SAI are considered fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, which includes common shares and Preferred Shares, if any, voting together as a single class, and the holders of the outstanding Preferred Shares, if any, voting as a single class. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI.
Investment Philosophy and Process	The Adviser allocates the Fund’s assets among the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and the Opportunistic Income Strategy (as described above). The amount allocated to each of the principal strategies may change depending on the Adviser’s assessment of market risk, security valuations, market volatility, and the prospects for earning income and capital appreciation. See “Risks—Multi-Manager Risk.”
	Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy. The Adviser considers a number of factors when selecting Underlying Funds, including fundamental and technical analysis to assess the relative risk and reward potential throughout the financial markets. The term “tactical” is used to indicate that the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to this strategy invests in closed-end funds to take advantage of pricing discrepancies in the closed-end fund market.
	In selecting closed-end funds, the Adviser opportunistically utilizes a combination of short-term and longer-term trading strategies to seek to derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds. The Adviser employs both a quantitative and qualitative approach in its selection of closed-end funds and has developed proprietary screening models and algorithms to trade closed-end funds by identifying pricing aberrations. The Adviser’s mean reversion investing looks to capitalize on changes within the pricing of a closed-end fund and, based upon its research and analysis, a view that it will revert to historical pricing. The Adviser employs the following trading strategies, among others:

7 

Statistical Analysis (Mean Reversion)
•	Using proprietary quantitative models, the Adviser seeks to identify closed-end funds that are trading at compelling absolute and/or relative discounts.
•	The Adviser will attempt to capitalize on the perceived mispricing if the Adviser believes that the discount widening is irrational and expects the discount to narrow to longer-term mean valuations.
Corporate Actions
•	The Adviser pursues investments in closed-end funds that have announced, or the Adviser believes are likely to announce, certain corporate actions that may drive value for their shareholders.
•	The Adviser has developed trading strategies that focus on closed-end fund tender offers, rights offerings, shareholder distributions, open-endings and liquidations.
Shareholder Activism
•	The Adviser assesses activism opportunities by determining a closed-end fund’s susceptibility to dissident activity and analyzing the composition of the fund’s shareholder register. The Fund, in seeking to achieve its investment objective, will not take activist positions in the Underlying Funds.
In employing its trading strategies, the Adviser conducts an extensive amount of due diligence on various fund sponsors, investment managers and funds, including actively monitoring regulatory filings, analyzing a fund’s registration statements, financial statements and organizational documents, as well as conducting proprietary research, such as speaking with fund sponsors, underwriters, sell-side brokers and investors.
See “Investment Philosophy and Process—Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.”
Opportunistic Income Strategy. The term “opportunistic” is used to indicate that the portion of this strategy’s Managed Assets devoted to any particular asset class will vary depending on the Subadviser’s view of what investments offer potentially attractive risk-adjusted returns under then-existing market conditions.

8 

	With respect to its investments in mortgage-backed securities, the Subadviser utilizes a unique investment process that first examines the macroeconomic status of the mortgage-backed sector. This analysis includes reviewing information regarding interest rates, yield curves and spreads, credit analysis of the issuers and a general analysis of the markets generally. From this detailed analysis, along with assessment of other economic data including market trends, unemployment data and pending legislation, the Subadviser identifies subsectors within the mortgage sector which the Subadviser believes offer the highest potential for return. The Subadviser then applies a qualitative analysis that evaluates market trends and portfolio analytics, including looking at factors such as duration, level of delinquencies, default history and recovery rates. Finally, the Subadviser performs a quantitative analysis of the potential investment, essentially performing a stress test of the potential investment’s underlying portfolio of mortgages. Only when a potential investment has passed the Subadviser’s screening will it be added to the strategy’s portfolio.
	The Subadviser allocates the Opportunistic Income Strategy assets among market sectors, and among investments within those sectors, in an attempt to construct a portfolio providing a high level of current income and the potential for capital appreciation consistent with what the Subadviser considers an appropriate level of risk in light of market conditions prevailing at the time. Implementation of portfolio asset allocation decisions is made by the Subadviser’s portfolio managers after consultation with the Subadviser’s Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee, a committee consisting of portfolio managers, traders and analysts which contributes to fixed-income asset allocation decisions made on behalf of the Fund by the Subadviser. The Subadviser will select investments over time to implement its long-term strategic investment view. It also will buy and sell securities opportunistically in response to short-term market, economic, political, or other developments or otherwise as opportunities may present themselves. In selecting individual securities for investment by the Fund, the Subadviser uses a bottom-up security selection process, reflecting in-depth research and analysis. The Subadviser will manage the Opportunistic Income Strategy of the Fund under an integrated risk management framework overseen by the Fund’s portfolio management team and Subadviser’s risk management committee.
	Portfolio securities in the Opportunistic Income Strategy may be sold at any time. Sales may occur when the Subadviser determines to take advantage of a better investment opportunity, because the Subadviser believes the portfolio securities no longer represent relatively attractive investment opportunities, because the Subadviser perceives a deterioration in the credit fundamentals of the issuer, or because the Subadviser believes it would be appropriate for other investment reasons, such as to adjust the duration or other characteristics of the investment portfolio.
Contingent Conversion Feature	The Fund’s Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company (such meeting date, as may be adjourned, the “Conversion Vote Date”). Such shareholder meeting may be postponed (prior to convening the meeting) or adjourned in accordance with the By-Laws of the Fund and Maryland law to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date for the meeting. A vote on such Conversion Vote Date to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company under the Charter requires approval by a majority of the Fund’s total outstanding shares. A majority is defined as greater than 50% of the Fund’s total outstanding shares. If approved by shareholders on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end management investment company within 12 months of such approval. Any such shareholder approval will be in addition to the vote or consent of the Fund’s shareholders otherwise required by federal law or by any agreement between the Fund and any national securities exchange. If the requisite number of votes to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company is not obtained on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will continue operating as a closed-end management investment company. See “Conversion to Open-End Fund” and “Risks—Contingent Conversion Risk” below.

9 

Use of Leverage	The Fund may borrow money and/or issue Preferred Shares, notes or debt securities for investment purposes. These practices are known as leveraging. The Adviser determines whether or not to engage in leverage based on its assessment of conditions in the debt and credit markets. On December 16, 2016, the Fund entered into a $75,000,000 secured, revolving, evergreen credit facility with U.S. Bank National Association (the “USB Facility”). The borrowing rate under the USB Facility is equal to one-month LIBOR plus 0.95%. The average principal balance and interest rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 was approximately $73,500,000 and 3.31%, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, the principal amount of borrowings under the USB Facility was $73,500,000, representing approximately 27% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. As of June 30, 2019, the Fund had $1,500,000 in unutilized funds available for borrowing under the USB Facility. The Fund’s common shares are junior in liquidation and distribution rights to amounts owed pursuant to the USB Facility. See “Summary of Fund Expenses” and “Use of Leverage—Effects of Leverage.” The Fund currently anticipates that it could also obtain leverage through the use of reverse repurchase agreements. To date, the Fund has not issued any Preferred Shares or debt securities.
	Pursuant to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Fund may borrow or issue notes or debt securities in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets and may issue Preferred Shares in an amount up to 50% of its total assets (including the proceeds from leverage). The Underlying Funds that the Fund invests in may also use leverage.
	Notwithstanding the limits discussed above, the Fund may enter into derivatives or other transactions (e.g., reverse repurchase agreements and total return swaps) that may provide leverage (other than through borrowings or the issuance of Preferred Shares), but which are not subject to the foregoing limitation if the Fund earmarks or segregates liquid assets (or enters into offsetting positions) in accordance with applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations and interpretations to cover its obligations under those transactions and instruments. These additional transactions will not cause the Fund to pay higher advisory or administration fee rates than it would pay in the absence of such transactions. However, these transactions entail additional expenses (e.g., transaction costs) which are borne by the Fund.

10 

	The use of leverage by the Fund can magnify the effect of any losses. If the income and gains earned on the securities and investments purchased with leverage proceeds are greater than the cost of the leverage, returns will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income and gains from the securities and investments purchased with such proceeds do not cover the cost of leverage, returns will be less than if leverage had not been used. The use of leverage magnifies gains and losses to common shareholders. Since the holders of common stock pay all expenses related to the issuance of debt or use of leverage, any use of leverage would create a greater risk of loss for the common shares than if leverage is not used. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks—Leverage Risks.”
	Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may establish and maintain a segregated account with its custodian containing, or designate on its books and records, cash and/or liquid assets having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Fund establishes and maintains such a segregated account, or earmarks such assets as described, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a senior security under the 1940 Act and therefore will not be considered a borrowing by the Fund under the foregoing limitation; however, under certain circumstances in which the Fund does not establish and maintain such segregated account, or earmark such assets on its books and records, such reverse repurchase agreement is considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Fund’s limitation on borrowings. The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks as leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. See “Risks—Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risks.”
Dividends and Distributions	The Fund’s Board of Directors has approved, and the Fund has implemented as of January 1, 2019, a level distribution policy (the “Level Distribution Policy.” Under the Level Distribution Policy, the Fund intends to make monthly distributions to common shareholders at a constant and fixed (but not guaranteed) rate (which is annually reset) equal to 12.5% of the average of the Fund’s NAV per share as reported for the final five trading days of the preceding calendar year.

11 

	Under the Level Distribution Policy, to the extent that sufficient investment income is not available on a monthly basis, the Fund’s distributions could consist of return of capital in order to maintain the distribution rate. The amount treated as a return of capital will reduce a shareholder’s adjusted basis in the shareholder’s shares, thereby increasing the potential gain or reducing the potential loss on the sale of shares. Investors should not make any conclusions about the Fund’s investment performance from the amount of the Fund’s distributions or from the terms of the Fund’s Level Distribution Policy. Dividends and distributions may be payable in cash or common shares, with shareholders having the option to receive additional common shares in lieu of cash. The Fund may at times, in its discretion, pay out less than the entire amount of net investment income earned in any particular period and may at times pay out such accumulated undistributed income in addition to net investment income earned in other periods in order to permit the Fund to maintain a more stable level of distributions. As a result, the dividend paid by the Fund to common shareholders for any particular period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income earned by the Fund during such period. The Fund’s ability to maintain a stable level of distributions to shareholders will depend on a number of factors, including the stability of income received from its investments. The amount of monthly distributions could vary depending on a number of factors, including the costs of any leverage. As portfolio and market conditions change, the amount of dividends on the Fund’s common shares could change. For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is required to distribute substantially all of its net investment income each year to both reduce its federal income tax liability and to avoid a potential federal excise tax. The Fund intends to distribute all realized net capital gains, if any, at least annually. See “Dividends and Distributions.”
Dividend Reinvestment Plan	The Fund has a dividend reinvestment plan (the “Plan”) commonly referred to as an “opt-out” plan. Each common shareholder who participates in the Plan will have all distributions of dividends and capital gains automatically reinvested in additional common shares. The automatic reinvestment of dividends and distributions in common shares will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends and distributions, even though such participants have not received any cash with which to pay the resulting tax.
	Common shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all distributions in cash. All correspondence or questions concerning the Plan, including how a common shareholder may opt out of the Plan, should be directed to U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, (855) 862-6092, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 (the “Plan Administrator”). Beneficial owners of common shares who hold their common shares in the name of a broker or nominee should contact the broker or nominee to determine whether and how they may participate in, or opt out of, the Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”

12 

Listing of Common Shares	The Fund’s currently outstanding common shares are, and the Common Shares offering in this Prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading or “ticker” symbol “OPP.” The net asset value of the Fund’s common shares at the close of business on September 12, 2019 was $17.75, and the last sale price of the common shares on the NYSE on such date was $17.36.
Risk Considerations	Risk is inherent in all investing. Investing in any investment company security involves risks, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or even that you may lose part or all of your investment. Therefore, before investing in the Fund, you should consider the risks more fully set forth under “Risks” beginning on page 28 (as well as the other information in this Prospectus, the applicable prospectus supplement and the SAI), which provides a discussion of the principal risk factors associated with an investment in the Fund specifically, as well as those factors generally associated with an investment in a company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to the Fund. Given the nature of the Fund’s investment strategies, these principal risks include risks associated with investments in fixed income securities, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized loan obligations, below investment grade securities and Underlying Funds; risks associated with the use of leverage; and risks related to interest rates.
Administrator, Fund Accountant, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Custodian	The Fund has retained U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC as administrator, fund accountant, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent and US Bank, NA as custodian. In addition, Centric Fund Services, LLC will provide certain other administrative services for the Fund. The Adviser and the Board of Directors are responsible for overseeing the activities of the administrator, fund accountant, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and custodian. See “Administrator, Fund Accountant, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Custodian.”

13 

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES

The following table shows estimated Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares. The purpose of the following table and the example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table and related footnotes, along with the example, are based on the Fund’s capital structure as of June 30, 2019. As of such date, the Fund had $73,500,000 of leverage outstanding pursuant to the USB Facility. Such leverage represented 27% of Managed Assets as of June 30, 2019. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown below.

Shareholder Transaction Expenses	As a Percentage of Offering Price
Sales Load	---%*
Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund (excluding Preferred Shares Offering Expenses)(as a percentage of offering price)	---%*
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees	None(1)
Preferred Shares Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund (as a percentage of net asset attributable to Common Shares)	---%*

	As a Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares (Assumes 27% Leverage is Outstanding)
Annual Expenses
Management fee(2)	1.37%
Administration fee(2)	0.30%
Interest payments on borrowed funds(3)	1.24%
Dividends on Preferred Shares	0.00%(4)
Dividend and Interest Expenses on Short Sales	0.00%
Other expenses	0.25%
Acquired fund fees and expenses(5)	0.49%
Total annual expenses	3.65%

The purpose of the table above and the example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table under “Other expenses” and “Total annual expenses” are based in part on estimated amounts for the Fund’s 12 months of operations after June 30, 2019 unless otherwise indicated and assumes that the Fund has not issued any additional Common Shares.

Example(6)

The example illustrates the expenses you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (1) “Total annual expenses” of 3.65% of net assets attributable to common shares, and (2) a 5% annual return.

	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
Total Expenses Incurred	$37	$112	$189	$391

The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed.

14 

* The applicable prospectus supplement to be used in connection with any sales of Common Shares or Preferred Shares will set forth any applicable sales load and the estimated offering expenses borne by the Fund.

(1) There will be no brokerage charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Fund under the dividend reinvestment plan. You will pay brokerage charges in connection with open market purchases or if you direct the plan agent to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.

(2) The management fee and administration fee are charged as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, as opposed to net assets. With leverage, Managed Assets are greater in amount than net assets, because Managed Assets includes borrowings for investment purposes. The market value of the Fund’s derivatives are used for purposes of calculating Managed Assets. The management fee of 1.00% of the Fund’s Managed Assets represents 1.37% of net assets attributable to Common Shares assuming the use of leverage in an amount of 27% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.

(3) Interest and fees on leverage in the table reflect the cost to the Fund of borrowings, expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s net assets as of June 30, 2019, based on interest rates in effect as of June 30, 2019. The table assumes total borrowings of $73,500,000, which reflects leverage in an amount representing 27% of Managed Assets. See “Use of Leverage—Effects of Leverage.

(4) As of the date of this Prospectus, the Fund has not issued any Preferred Shares. The applicable prospectus supplement will set forth the expenses related to any Preferred Shares issued in the future.

(5) The “Acquired fund fees and expenses” disclosed above are based on the expense ratios for the most recent fiscal year of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund has invested, which may change substantially over time and, therefore, significantly affect “Acquired fund fees and expenses.” These amounts are based on the total expense ratio disclosed in each Underlying Fund’s most recent shareholder report. Some of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests (or may invest) charge incentive fees based on the Underlying Funds’ performance. The 0.49% shown as “Acquired fund fees and expenses” reflects the operating expenses of the Underlying Funds and transaction-related fees. Certain Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests (or may invest) generally charge a management fee of 1.00% to 2.00%, which is included in “Acquired fund fees and expenses,” as applicable. The “Acquired fund fees and expenses” disclosed above, however, do not reflect any performance-based fees or allocations paid by the Underlying Funds that are calculated solely on the realization and/or distribution of gains, or on the sum of such gains and unrealized appreciation of assets distributed in-kind, as such fees and allocations for a particular period may be unrelated to the cost of investing in the Underlying Funds. Acquired fund fees and expenses are borne indirectly by the Fund, but they are not reflected in the Fund’s financial statements; and the information presented in the table will differ from that presented in the Fund’s financial highlights.

(6) The example does not include sales load or estimated offering costs. The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. The example assumes that the estimated “Other expenses” set forth in the table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value and that the Fund is engaged in leverage of 27% of Managed Assets, assuming interest and fees on leverage of 3.39%. The interest and fees on leverage is expressed as an interest rate and represents interest and fees payable on the USB Facility. See “Use of Leverage.” Actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% annual return shown in the example.

15 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The information in the following table shows selected data for a common share outstanding throughout each period listed below. The information in this table for the years ended June 30, 2019, June 30, 2018 and the period ended June 30, 2017 is derived from the Fund’s financial statements audited by Cohen & Company, Ltd., the Fund’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, whose report on the 2019 financial statements and the financial highlights for the years ended June 30, 2019, June 30, 2018 and for the period from September 28, 2016 through June 30, 2017 is contained in the Fund’s 2019 Annual Report. The 2019 Annual Report is incorporated by reference into the Fund’s SAI and is available from the Fund upon request.

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.

Financial Highlights

	For the Year Ended June 30, 2019			For the Year Ended June 30, 2018			For the Period Ended June 30, 2017(a)
Net asset value - beginning of period	$	18.75		$	20.04		$	19.60
Income/(Loss) from investment operations:
Net investment income(b)		0.94			1.06			0.94
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments		0.40			(0.64	)		0.46
Total income/(loss) from investment operations		1.34			0.42			1.40
Less distributions:
From net investment income		(1.18	)		(1.40	)(c)		(0.92	)
From tax return of capital		(0.82	)		(0.31	)
Total distributions		(2.00	)		(1.71	)		(0.92	)
Offering costs on issuance of common stock		—			—			(0.04	)
Net increase/(decrease) in net asset value		(0.66	)		(1.29	)		0.44
Net asset value - end of period	$	18.09		$	18.75		$	20.04
Per common share market value - end of period	$	17.06		$	17.69		$	19.54
Total return based on net asset value(d)		7.78	%		2.12	%		7.10	%(e)
Total return based on market value(d)		8.50	%		(0.65	)%		2.50	%(e)
Ratios/Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (in thousands)	$	199,213		$	206,561			220,768
Ratio of expenses to average net assets(f)(g)		3.16	%		2.67	%		2.14	%(h)
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets(b)		5.17	%		5.42	%		5.28	%(h)
Portfolio turnover rate		27	%		23	%		35	%(e)
Facility loan payable (in thousands)	$	73,500		$	73,500		$	71,500
Asset coverage per $1,000 of facility loan payable(i)	$	3,711		$	3,811		$	4,090

^(a) Commenced operations on September 28, 2016.

^(b) Recognition of net investment income by the Fund is affected by the timing of the declarations of dividends by the underlying closed-end funds in which the Fund invests. The ratio does not include net investment income of the closed-end funds in which the Fund invests.

^(c) Includes net realized gain distributions of (0.09).

^(d) Total return in the above table represents the rate that the investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Fund, assuming reinvestment of dividends. The net asset value and market price returns will differ depending upon the level of any discount from or premium to net asset value at which the Fund’s shares traded during the period. Total return based on market value does not reflect sales load.

^(e) Not annualized.

^(f) Includes interest expenses of 1.23% for the year ended June 30, 2019, 0.87% for the year ended June 30, 2018 and 0.46%^(e) for the period from September 28, 2016 (commencement of operations) through June 30, 2017.

16 

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.

Financial Highlights

^(g) Does not include expenses of the closed-end funds in which the Fund invests.

^(h) Annualized.

⁽ⁱ⁾ Calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (excluding the facility loan and accumulated unpaid interest on facility loan) from the Fund’s total assets and dividing by the outstanding facility loan balance.

17 

MARKET AND NET ASSET VALUE INFORMATION

The Fund’s currently outstanding common shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the NYSE. The Fund’s common shares commenced trading on the NYSE on September 28, 2016.

The Fund’s common shares have traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from net asset value. The Fund’s issuance of the Common Shares may have an adverse effect on prices in the secondary market for the Fund’s common shares by increasing the number of common shares available, which may put downward pressure on the market price for the Fund’s common shares. See “Risks—Market Discount.”

The following table sets forth for each of the periods indicated the high and low closing market prices for common shares of the Fund on the NYSE, the net asset value per share and the premium or discount to net asset value per share at which the Fund’s common shares were trading. Net asset value is determined daily as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time). See “Net Asset Value” for information as to the determination of the Fund’s net asset value.

					PREMIUM/(DISCOUNT)
	MARKET PRICE(1)		NET ASSET VALUE (2)		TO NET ASSET VALUE(3)
Quarter Ended	High	Low	High	Low	High	Low
December 31, 2016	$20.07	$18.17	$19.69	$19.48	2.63%	-7.24%
March 31, 2017	$19.13	$18.34	$19.98	$19.69	-3.88%	-6.90%
June 30, 2017	$19.54	$18.68	$20.28	$19.81	-2.64%	-6.22%
September 30, 2017	$19.54	$18.91	$20.25	$19.96	-2.64%	-5.57%
December 31, 2017	$19.60	$18.12	$20.08	$19.68	-2.25%	-8.58%
March 31, 2018	$18.49	$17.64	$19.80	$19.11	-5.45%	-8.55%
June 30, 2018	$17.89	$17.25	$19.22	$18.71	-5.58%	-8.85%
September 30, 2018	$17.96	$16.94	$18.80	$18.34	-4.47%	-7.63%
December 31, 2018	$17.33	$15.08	$18.37	$17.48	-5.63%	-13.74%
March 31, 2019	$16.98	$16.15	$18.00	$17.68	-5.35%	-9.37%
June 30, 2019	$17.32	$16.40	$18.13	$17.76	-4.15%	-8.64%

(1) Based on high and low closing market price for the respective quarter.

(2) Based on the net asset value calculated on the day of the high and low closing market prices, as applicable, as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time).

(3) Calculated based on the information presented.

The last reported sale price, net asset value per share and percentage discount to net asset value per share of the common shares as of September 12, 2019 were $17.36, $17.75 and -2.20%, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, the Fund had 11,013,787 common shares outstanding and net assets of the Fund were 199,213,009.

18 

THE FUND

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund was organized as a Maryland corporation on June 22, 2016. On September 27, 2016, the Fund issued an aggregate of 10,500,000 shares of its common stock in its initial public offering. Pursuant to an overallotment option, the Fund issued an additional 508,519 shares of its common stock for a total of 11,008,519 shares. The Fund’s currently outstanding common stock is, and common stock offered in this Prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement will be, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “OPP.” The Fund’s principal office is located at 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654, and its telephone number is (312) 832-1440. The shares of the Fund’s common stock offered by this Prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement are hereinafter called “Common Shares” and the holders of Common Shares are called “Common Shareholders.” As used in this Prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, “common shares” refers to the shares of the Fund’s common stock currently outstanding as well as those Common Shares offered by this Prospectus and the holders of common shares are called “common shareholders.”

The following table provides information about the Fund’s outstanding securities as of June 30, 2019:

Title of Class	Amount Authorized	Amount Held by the Fund or for Its Account	Amount Outstanding
Common shares	50,000,000	0	11,013,787

THE OFFERING

The Fund may offer, from time to time, up to $300,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of (i) Common Shares, (ii) shares of its preferred stock (“Preferred Shares”), and/or (iii) subscription rights to purchase Common Shares, Preferred Shares or both (“Rights” and, together with the Common Shares and the Preferred Shares, “Securities) in one or more offerings in amounts, at prices and on terms set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus. See “Description Of the Fund’s Securities.” See also “Risks—Risks Associated with Offerings of Additional Common Shares,” “Risks—Risks of Issuing Rights” and “Risks—Leverage Risks.”

The Fund may offer Securities directly to one or more purchasers, including existing common shareholders and/or preferred shareholders in a Rights offering, through agents that the Fund or the purchasers designate from time to time, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The prospectus supplement relating to the offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of the Securities, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and such agents or underwriters or among underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The prospectus supplement relating to any sale of preferred stock will set forth the liquidation preference and information about the dividend period, dividend rate, any call protection or non-call period and other matters. A supplement to this Prospectus relating to any offering of subscription rights will set forth the number of shares (common or preferred) issuable upon the exercise of each right and the other terms of such Rights offering, including whether the Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of such right are convertible into Common Shares. The Fund may not sell Securities through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this Prospectus and a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of the Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

The Fund may offer Common Shares or Preferred Shares on an immediate, continuous or delayed basis. Offerings of Common Shares will be subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act, which generally require that the public offering price of common shares of a closed-end investment company (exclusive of distribution commissions and discounts) must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of the company’s common stock (calculated within 48 hours of pricing), absent shareholder approval or under certain other circumstances. The Fund may, however, issue Common Shares pursuant to exercises of Rights at prices below net asset value. See “Risks—Risks of Issuing Rights.”

19 

USE OF PROCEEDS

Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, the Fund expects to invest the net proceeds from any sales of Securities in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as stated below, or use such proceeds for other general corporate purposes within approximately three months of receipt of such proceeds. Pending any such use, the proceeds may be invested in cash, cash equivalents, short-term debt securities or U.S. government securities. A delay in the anticipated use of proceeds could lower returns and reduce the Fund’s distributions to common shareholders.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND POLICIES

Investment Objective

The Fund’s investment objective is current income and overall total return. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by allocating its Managed Assets between the two principal strategies described below. Subject to the ranges noted below, the Adviser determines the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations. See “Risks—Asset Allocation Risk.” Under normal market conditions, the Fund may allocate between 10% and 35% of its Managed Assets to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and 65% to 90% of its Managed Assets to the Opportunistic Income Strategy. See “Investment Philosophy and Process.” The Fund, in seeking to achieve its investment objective, will not take activist positions in the Underlying Funds.

Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy (10%-35% of Managed Assets). This strategy seeks to (i) generate returns through investments in closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and business development companies (“BDCs,” and, together with the Fund’s investments in closed-end funds and ETFs, the “Underlying Funds”) that invest primarily in income producing securities, and (ii) derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds. See “Risks—Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy Risk.” All Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

Under normal market conditions: (i) no more than 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy is invested in “equity” Underlying Funds; (ii) no more than 60% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy is invested in below investment grade (also known as “high yield” and “junk”) and “senior loan” Underlying Funds; and (iii) no more than 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy is invested in “emerging market income” Underlying Funds. The Fund will also limit its investments in closed-end funds (including BDCs) that have been in operation for less than one year to no more than 10% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy. The Fund will not invest in inverse ETFs or leveraged ETFs. The types of Underlying Funds referenced in this paragraph are categorized in accordance with the fund categories established and maintained by Morningstar, Inc. The investment parameters stated above (and elsewhere in this Prospectus) apply only at the time of purchase. The Fund’s shareholders indirectly bear the expenses, including the management fees, of the Underlying Funds. See “Risks—Underlying Fund Risks.”

20 

The Underlying Funds in which the Adviser seeks to invest will generally focus on a broad range of fixed income securities or sectors, including Underlying Funds that invest in the following securities or sectors: convertible securities, preferred stocks, high yield securities, exchange-traded notes, structured notes, dividend strategies, covered call option strategies, real estate-related investments, energy, utility and other income-oriented strategies. In addition, the Fund may invest directly in debt securities issued by certain credit-oriented, unlisted Underlying Funds, including BDCs, identified by the Adviser in its due diligence process (“Private Debt”). The Adviser believes investments in Private Debt can provide the Fund with the opportunity to obtain more favorable terms than similar publicly traded debt investments with similar risk profiles. See “Risks—Private Debt Risk.”

The Fund may invest in Underlying Funds that invest in securities that are rated below investment grade, including those receiving the lowest ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business (“S&P”), Fitch Ratings, a part of the Fitch Group (“Fitch”), or Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser or Subadviser (as defined below) to be of comparable credit quality, which indicates that the security is in default or has little prospect for full recovery of principal or interest. See “Risks—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risk.” Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities. Below investment grade securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Lower rated below investment grade securities are considered more vulnerable to nonpayment than other below investment grade securities and their issuers are more dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. The lowest rated below investment grade securities are typically already in default. See “Risks—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”

The Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests will not include those that are advised or subadvised by the Adviser, the Subadviser or their affiliates.

Under normal circumstances, the Fund intends to maintain long positions in Underlying Funds and other portfolio securities; however, the Fund may at times establish hedging positions. Hedging positions may include short sales and derivatives, such as options, futures and swaps (“Hedging Positions”). Under normal market conditions, no more than 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets is in Hedging Positions (as determined based on the market value of such Hedging Positions). See “Risks—Derivatives Risks” and “Risks—Options and Futures Risks.”

A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security that it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the security. The Fund will not engage in any short sales of securities issued by closed-end funds and BDCs. To complete the short sale, the Fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security in order to deliver it to the buyer. The Fund is obligated to replace the borrowed security by purchasing it at a market price at or prior to the time it must be returned to the lender. The price at which the Fund is required to replace the borrowed security may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. The Fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. The Fund will realize a gain if the price of the security declines between those dates. See “Risks—Short Sale Risks.”

Under the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy, the Fund also may attempt to enhance the return on the cash portion of its portfolio by investing in total return swap agreements. A total return swap agreement provides the Fund with a return based on the performance of an underlying asset, in exchange for fee payments to a counterparty based on a specific rate. The difference in the value of these income streams is recorded daily by the Fund, and is typically settled in cash at least monthly. If the underlying asset declines in value over the term of the swap, the Fund would be required to pay the dollar value of that decline plus any applicable fees to the counterparty. The Fund may use its own net asset value or any other reference asset that the Adviser chooses as the underlying asset in a total return swap. The Fund will limit the notional amount of all total return swaps in the aggregate to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. Using the Fund’s own net asset value as the underlying asset in the total return swap serves to reduce cash drag (the impact of cash on the Fund’s overall return) by replacing it with the impact of market exposure based upon the Fund’s own investment holdings. This type of total return swap would provide the Fund with a return based on its net asset value. Like any total return swap, the Fund would be subject to counterparty risk and the risk that its own net asset value declines in value. See “Risks—Swap Risks.”

21 

Opportunistic Income Strategy (65%-90% of Managed Assets). This strategy seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns through investments in fixed income instruments and other investments, including agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). At least 50% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy is invested in mortgage-backed securities. See “Risks—Fixed Income Securities Risks,” “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk” and “Risks—Municipal Securities Risk.”

Under this strategy, the Fund may invest in securities of any credit quality, including, without limit, securities that are rated below investment grade, except that the Fund invests at least 20% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy in securities rated investment grade (or unrated securities judged by the Subadviser to be of comparable quality). In addition, the Subadviser does not currently expect that the Fund will invest more than 15% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy in corporate debt securities (excluding mortgage-backed securities) or sovereign debt instruments rated below B- by Moody’s and below B3 by S&P or Fitch (or unrated securities determined by the Subadviser to be of comparable quality). The Fund’s investments in below investment grade securities under this strategy may include securities receiving the lowest ratings from S&P (i.e., D-), Fitch (i.e., D-) or Moody’s (i.e., C3), or comparably rated by another NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser or Subadviser to be of comparable credit quality, which indicates that the security is in default or has little prospect for full recovery of principal or interest. See “Risks—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risk.” Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities. Below investment grade securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Lower rated below investment grade securities are considered more vulnerable to nonpayment than other below investment grade securities and their issuers are more dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. The lowest rated below investment grade securities are typically already in default. See “Risks—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”

The Fund invests no more than 20% of its Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy in non-U.S. investments, including emerging market investments. See “Risks—Emerging Markets Risk.”

Investments under the Opportunistic Income Strategy may include, without any limitation as to the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to this strategy, mortgage-backed securities, including agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”). These RMBS investments have undergone extreme volatility over the past several years, driven primarily by high default rates and the securities being downgraded to “junk” status. See “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks.”

Investments under the Opportunistic Income Strategy may include mortgage- or asset-backed securities of any kind, including, by way of example, mortgage- or asset-related securities not subject to the credit support of the U.S. Government or any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, including obligations backed or supported by sub-prime mortgages, which are subject to certain special risks. See “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks.”

22 

Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may include, among other things, securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies, or its instrumentalities or sponsored corporations, or securities of domestic or foreign private issuers. Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by banks or other financial institutions, special-purpose vehicles established for such purpose, or private issuers, or by government agencies or instrumentalities. Privately issued mortgage-backed securities include any mortgage-backed security other than those issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-backed securities may include, without limitation, interests in pools of residential mortgages or commercial mortgages, and may relate to domestic or non-U.S. mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities include, but are not limited to, securities representing interests in, collateralized or backed by, or whose values are determined in whole or in part by reference to any number of mortgages or pools of mortgages or the payment experience of such mortgages or pools of mortgages, including Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), which could include resecuritizations of REMICs, mortgage pass-through securities, inverse floaters, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized loan obligations, collateralized debt obligations, multiclass pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities), and securitizations of various receivables, including, for example, credit card and automobile finance receivables. Certain mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may represent an inverse interest-only class of security for which the holders are entitled to receive no payments of principal and are entitled only to receive interest at a rate that will vary inversely with a specified index or reference rate, or a multiple thereof.

The Fund may purchase other types of debt securities and other income-producing investments of any kind, including, by way of example, U.S. Government securities; debt securities issued by domestic or foreign corporations; obligations of foreign sovereigns or their agencies or instrumentalities; equity, mortgage, or hybrid REIT securities; bank loans (including, among others, participations, assignments, senior loans, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities); municipal securities and other debt securities issued by states or local governments and their agencies, authorities and other government-sponsored enterprises.

“Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding).

In addition to the foregoing principal investment strategies of the Fund, the Adviser also may allocate the Fund’s Managed Assets among cash and short-term investments. See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Temporary Investments and Defensive Position” in the SAI. There are no limits on the Fund’s portfolio turnover, and the Fund may buy and sell securities to take advantage of potential short-term trading opportunities without regard to length of time and when the Adviser or Subadviser believes investment considerations warrant such action. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was approximately 27%.

Unless otherwise specified, the investment policies and limitations of the Fund are not considered to be fundamental by the Fund and can be changed without a vote of the holders of the common shareholders. The Fund’s investment objective and certain investment restrictions specifically identified as such in the SAI are considered fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, which includes common shares and Preferred Shares, if any, voting together as a single class, and the holders of the outstanding Preferred Shares, if any, voting as a single class. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI.

23 

INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY AND PROCESS

The Adviser allocates the Fund’s assets between the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and the Opportunistic Income Strategy (as described above). The amount allocated to each of the principal strategies may change depending on the Adviser’s assessment of market risk, security valuations, market volatility, and the prospects for earning income and capital appreciation. See “Risks—Multi-Manager Risk.”

Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy. The Adviser considers a number of factors when selecting Underlying Funds, including fundamental and technical analysis to assess the relative risk and reward potential throughout the financial markets. The term “tactical” is used to indicate that the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to this strategy invests in closed-end funds to take advantage of pricing discrepancies in the closed-end fund market.

In selecting closed-end funds, the Adviser opportunistically utilizes a combination of short-term and longer-term trading strategies to seek to derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds by identifying pricing aberrations. The Adviser employs both a quantitative and qualitative approach in its selection of closed-end funds and has developed proprietary screening models and algorithms to trade closed-end funds. The Adviser’s mean reversion investing looks to capitalize on changes within the pricing of a closed-end fund and, based upon its research and analysis, a view that it will revert to historical pricing. The Adviser employs the following trading strategies, among others:

Statistical Analysis (Mean Reversion)

• Using proprietary quantitative models, the Adviser seeks to identify closed-end funds that are trading at compelling absolute and/or relative discounts.

• The Adviser will attempt to capitalize on the perceived mispricing if the Adviser believes that the discount widening is irrational and expects the discount to narrow to longer-term mean valuations.

Corporate Actions

• The Adviser pursues investments in closed-end funds that have announced, or the Adviser believes are likely to announce, certain corporate actions that may drive value for their shareholders.

• The Adviser has developed trading strategies that focus on closed-end fund tender offers, rights offerings, shareholder distributions, open-endings and liquidations.

Shareholder Activism

• The Adviser assesses activism opportunities by determining a closed-end fund’s susceptibility to dissident activity and analyzing the composition of the fund’s shareholder register. The Fund, in seeking to achieve its investment objective, will not take activist positions in the Underlying Funds.

In employing its trading strategies, the Adviser conducts an extensive amount of due diligence on various fund sponsors, investment managers and funds, including actively monitoring regulatory filings, analyzing a fund’s registration statements, financial statements and organizational documents, as well as conducting proprietary research, such as speaking with fund sponsors, underwriters, sell-side brokers and investors.

24 

Opportunistic Income Strategy. The term “opportunistic” is used to indicate that the portion of this strategy’s Managed Assets devoted to any particular asset class will vary depending on the Subadviser’s view of what investments offer potentially attractive risk-adjusted returns under then-existing market conditions.

With respect to its investments in mortgage-backed securities, the Subadviser utilizes a unique investment process that first examines the macroeconomic status of the mortgage-backed sector. This analysis includes reviewing information regarding interest rates, yield curves and spreads, credit analysis of the issuers and a general analysis of the markets generally. From this detailed analysis, along with assessment of other economic data including market trends, unemployment data and pending legislation, the Subadviser identifies subsectors within the mortgage sector which the Subadviser believes offer the highest potential for return. The Subadviser then applies a qualitative analysis that evaluates market trends and portfolio analytics, including looking at factors such as duration, level of delinquencies, default history and recovery rates. Finally, the Subadviser performs a quantitative analysis of the potential investment, essentially performing a stress test of the potential investment’s underlying portfolio of mortgages. Only when a potential investment has passed the Subadviser’s screening will it be added to the strategy’s portfolio.

The Subadviser allocates the Opportunistic Income Strategy assets among market sectors, and among investments within those sectors, in an attempt to construct a portfolio providing a high level of current income and the potential for capital appreciation consistent with what the Subadviser considers an appropriate level of risk in light of market conditions prevailing at the time. Implementation of portfolio asset allocation decisions is made by the Subadviser’s portfolio managers after consultation with the Subadviser’s Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee, a committee consisting of portfolio managers and analysts which contributes to fixed-income asset allocation decisions made on behalf of the Fund by the Subadviser. The Subadviser will select investments over time to implement its long-term strategic investment view. It also will buy and sell securities opportunistically in response to short-term market, economic, political, or other developments or otherwise as opportunities may present themselves. In selecting individual securities for investment by the Fund, the Subadviser uses a bottom-up security selection process, reflecting in-depth research and analysis. The Subadviser will manage the Opportunistic Income Strategy of the Fund under an integrated risk management framework overseen by the Fund’s portfolio management team and the Subadviser’s risk management committee.

Portfolio securities in the Opportunistic Income Strategy may be sold at any time. Sales may occur when the Subadviser determines to take advantage of a better investment opportunity, because the Subadviser believes the portfolio securities no longer represent relatively attractive investment opportunities, because the Subadviser perceives a deterioration in the credit fundamentals of the issuer, or because the Subadviser believes it would be appropriate for other investment reasons, such as to adjust the duration or other characteristics of the investment portfolio.

CONTINGENT CONVERSION FEATURE

The Fund’s Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company (such meeting date, as may be adjourned, the “Conversion Vote Date”). Such shareholder meeting may be postponed (prior to convening the meeting) or adjourned in accordance with the By-Laws of the Fund and Maryland law to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date for the meeting. A vote on such Conversion Vote Date to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company under the Charter requires approval by a majority of the Fund’s total outstanding shares. A majority is defined as greater than 50% of the Fund’s total outstanding shares. If approved by shareholders on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end management investment company within 12 months of such approval. Any such shareholder approval will be in addition to the vote or consent of the Fund’s shareholders otherwise required by federal law or by any agreement between the Fund and any national securities exchange. If the requisite number of votes to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company is not obtained on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will continue in operation as a closed-end management investment company. See “Conversion to Open-End Fund” and “Risks—Contingent Conversion Risk” below.

25 

USE OF LEVERAGE

The Fund may borrow money and/or issue Preferred Shares, notes or debt securities for investment purposes. These practices are known as leveraging. The Adviser determines whether or not to engage in leverage based on its assessment of conditions in the debt and credit markets. On December 16, 2016, the Fund entered into a $75,000,000 secured, revolving, evergreen credit facility with U.S. Bank National Association (the “USB Facility”). The borrowing rate under the USB Facility is equal to one-month LIBOR plus 0.95%. The average principal balance and interest rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 was approximately $73,500,000 and 3.31%, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, the principal amount of borrowings under the USB Facility was $73,500,000, representing approximately 27% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. As of June 30, 2019, the Fund had $1,500,000 in unutilized funds available for borrowing under the USB Facility. The Fund’s common shares are junior in liquidation and distribution rights to amounts owed pursuant to the USB Facility. See “Summary of Fund Expenses” and “—Effects of Leverage.” The Fund currently anticipates that it could also obtain leverage through the use of reverse repurchase agreements. To date, the Fund has not issued any Preferred Shares or debt securities.

The issuance of Common Shares offered by this Prospectus will enable the Fund to increase the aggregate amount of its leverage. The Fund may achieve such increase in leverage through additional borrowings and/or the issuance of Preferred Shares and/or debt securities. However, there is no assurance that the Fund will increase the amount of its leverage or utilize leverage in addition to the USB Facility or that, if additional leverage is utilized, it will be successful in enhancing the level of the Fund’s current distributions. It is possible that the Fund will be unable to obtain additional leverage. If the Fund is unable to increase its leverage after the issuance of Common Shares pursuant to this Prospectus, there could be an adverse impact on the return to common shareholders. In addition, to the extent additional leverage is utilized, the Fund may consequently be subject to certain financial covenants and restrictions that are not currently imposed on the Fund. The Fund’s common shares are likely to be junior in liquidation and distribution rights to amounts owed pursuant to any additional leverage instruments that may be utilized by the Fund in the future.

The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by lenders or by one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for any senior securities issued by the Fund. Borrowing covenants or rating agency guidelines may impose asset coverage or Fund composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. For example, under the agreement for the USB Facility, the Fund may be restricted from issuing senior securities representing indebtedness to an amount that could be less than what it might otherwise be permitted to issue under the 1940 Act.

Notwithstanding the limits discussed above, the Fund may enter into derivatives or other transactions (e.g., reverse repurchase agreements and total return swaps) that may provide leverage (other than through borrowings or the issuance of Preferred Shares), but which are not subject to the foregoing limitations if the Fund earmarks or segregates liquid assets (or enters into offsetting positions) in accordance with applicable SEC regulations and interpretations to cover its obligations under those transactions and instruments. These additional transactions will not cause the Fund to pay higher advisory or administration fee rates than it would pay in the absence of such transactions, although the dollar amount of these fees payable by the Fund will increase and decrease along with increases to and decreases in the value of the Fund’s Managed Assets. However, these transactions entail additional expenses (e.g., transaction costs) which are borne by the Fund. These types of transactions have the potential to increase returns to common shareholders, but they also involve additional risks. This additional leverage will increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses than if the transactions were not entered into. However, to the extent that the Fund enters into offsetting transactions or owns positions covering its obligations, the leveraging effect is expected to be minimized or eliminated.

26 

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after doing so the Fund has an asset coverage of at least 300% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of indebtedness (i.e., such indebtedness may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets including the amount borrowed). Additionally, under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not declare any dividend or other distribution upon any class of its shares, or purchase any such shares, unless the aggregate indebtedness of the Fund has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, asset coverage of at least 300% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after such issuance the total asset value of the Fund’s portfolio is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s Managed Assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) is at least 200% of such liquidation value of the Preferred Shares. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem shares, from time to time, to maintain coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%. Normally, common shareholders will elect the directors of the Fund except that the holders of any Preferred Shares will elect two directors. In the event the Fund failed to pay dividends on its Preferred Shares for two years, holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the directors until the dividends are paid.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may establish and maintain a segregated account with its custodian containing, or designate on its books and records, cash and/or liquid assets having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Fund establishes and maintains such a segregated account, or earmarks such assets as described, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a senior security under the 1940 Act and therefore will not be considered a borrowing by the Fund under the foregoing limitation; however, under certain circumstances in which the Fund does not establish and maintain such segregated account, or earmark such assets on its books and records, such reverse repurchase agreement is considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Fund’s limitation on borrowings. The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks as leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. The Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements is subject to the Fund’s policy with respect to the use of leverage. See “Risks—Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk.”

Effects of Leverage. The aggregate principal amount of borrowings under the USB Facility represented approximately 27% of Managed Assets as of June 30, 2019. Asset coverage with respect to borrowings under the USB Facility was 370% and the Fund had $1,500,000 in unutilized funds available for borrowing under the USB Facility as of that date. The borrowing rate under the USB Facility is equal to one-month LIBOR plus 0.95%. In addition, under the USB Facility, the Fund pays a commitment fee equal to an annual rate of 0.10% on $75,000,000. The Fund incurred a $75,000 administrative fee upon entering in to the USB Facility in 2016. The total annual interest rate and fee rate as of June 30, 2019 was 3.39%.

Assuming that the Fund’s leverage costs remain as described above (at an assumed average annual cost of 3.39%), the annual return that the Fund’s portfolio must experience (net of expenses) in order to cover its leverage costs would be 1.25%.

27 

The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on total return on common shares, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income, net expenses and changes in the value of investments held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of what the Fund’s investment portfolio returns will be. In other words, the Fund’s actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing in the table below. The table further reflects the use of leverage representing approximately 27% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, net of expenses, and the Fund’s current annual leverage interest and fee rate of 3.39%. See “ Risks—Leverage Risks.” The table does not reflect any offering costs of Common Shares or leverage.

Assumed Portfolio Return	-10.00%	-5.00%	0.00%	5.00%	10.00%
Common Share Total Return	-14.94%	-8.10%	-1.25%	5.59%	12.44%

Total return is composed of two elements—the dividends on common shares paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the Fund’s net investment income after paying the cost of leverage) and realized and unrealized gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. As the table shows, leverage generally increases the return to common shareholders when portfolio return is positive or greater than the costs of leverage and decreases return when the portfolio return is negative or less than the costs of leverage.

During the time in which the Fund is using leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser (and from the Adviser to the Subadviser) for investment management services (and subadvisory services) is higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid are calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser, on the one hand, and common shareholders, on the other. Also, because the leverage costs are borne by the Fund at a specified interest rate, only the Fund’s common shareholders bear the cost of the Fund’s management fees and other expenses. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.

RISKS

Investing in any investment company security involves risk, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or even that you may lose part or all of your investment. This section discusses the principal risk factors associated with an investment in the Fund specifically, as well as those factors generally associated with an investment in a company with an investment objective, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to the Fund. Investors should consider the following risk factors and special considerations as well as the other information in this Prospectus prior to investing in the Fund’s Common Shares. In addition, the Statement of Additional Information contains further information regarding the risks identified below and additional risks associated with an investment in the Fund.

Investment-Related Risks:

With the exception of Underlying Fund risk (and except as otherwise noted below), the following risks apply to the direct investments the Fund may make, and generally apply to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds. That said, each risk described below may not apply to each Underlying Fund.

Investment and Market Risks

An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the Underlying Funds owned by the Fund. The value of the Fund or the Underlying Funds, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Overall stock market risks may also affect the net asset value of the Fund or the Underlying Funds. Factors such as domestic and foreign economic growth and market conditions, interest rate levels and political events affect the securities markets. The Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than the original investment, even after taking into account any reinvestment of dividends and distributions.

28 

Management Risks

The Adviser’s and the Subadviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of a particular asset class or individual security in which the Fund invests may prove to be incorrect and there is no guarantee that the Adviser’s or the Subadviser’s judgment, as applicable, will produce the desired results. Similarly, the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds are subject to the judgment of the Underlying Funds’ managers which may prove to be incorrect. In addition, the Adviser and Subadviser will have limited information as to the portfolio holdings of the Underlying Funds at any given time. This may result in the Adviser and Subadviser having less ability to respond to changing market conditions. The Fund may allocate its assets so as to under-emphasize or over-emphasize its investments under the wrong market conditions, in which case the Fund’s net asset value may be adversely affected.

In addition, the Fund depends on the diligence, skill and business contacts of the investment professionals of the Adviser and the Subadviser to achieve the Fund’s investment objective. In particular, the Adviser and Subadviser are dependent upon the expertise of their respective portfolio management teams to implement the Fund’s strategies. If the Adviser or the Subadviser were to lose the services of one or more key individuals, including members of their portfolio management teams, each may not be able to hire qualified replacements or may require an extended time to do so. This could prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective and could have an adverse effect on an investment in the Fund.

Fixed Income Securities Risks

The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in fixed income securities. Fixed income securities generally represent the obligation of an issuer to repay to the investor (or lender) the amount borrowed plus interest over a specified time period. Fixed income securities increase or decrease in value based on changes in interest rates. If rates increase, the value of the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s fixed income securities generally declines. On the other hand, if rates fall, the value of the fixed income securities generally increases. The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due. This risk is increased in the case of issuers of high yield securities, also known as “junk” bonds. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in fixed income securities of any credit quality, maturity or duration. Fixed income securities risks include components of the following additional risks (in addition to those described elsewhere in this Prospectus):

• Issuer Risk. The value of fixed income securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and projected earnings, and the value of its assets. Changes in an issuer’s credit ratings or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the fund’s investment in that issuer.

29 

• Credit Risk. The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due. Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, the greater the risk that the issuer will default on its obligation, which could result in a loss to a fund. The Fund and the Underlying Funds in which it invests may invest in securities that are rated in the lowest investment grade category. Issuers of these securities are more vulnerable to changes in economic conditions than issuers of higher grade securities.

• High Yield Securities/Junk Bond Risk. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in high yield securities, also known as “junk bonds.” High yield securities are not considered to be investment grade. High yield securities may provide greater income and opportunity for gain, but entail greater risk of loss of principal. High yield securities are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The market for high yield securities is generally less active than the market for higher quality securities. This may limit the ability of a fund to sell high yield securities at the price at which it is being valued for purposes of calculating net asset value. See “—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risks.”

• Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that the debt securities in the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. Generally, when market interest rates rise, bond prices fall, and vice versa. In addition, as interest rates decline, issuers of debt securities may prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund or the Underlying Fund to reinvest in lower-yielding securities and potentially reducing the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s income. As interest rates increase, slower than expected principal payments may extend the average life of securities, potentially locking in a below-market interest rate and reducing the Fund’s and the Underlying Fund’s value. Securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields, but are more sensitive to changes in interest rates and are subject to greater fluctuation in value. In typical market interest rate environments, the prices of longer-term debt securities generally fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term debt securities as interest rates change. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because, as of the date of this Prospectus, certain interest rates are near historic lows. In addition, this rise in interest rates may negatively impact the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s future income relating to leverage, as the fund will be required to earn more income on its investments to recoup any increased costs of leverage. The Fund’s and the Underlying Fund’s net investment income and, as a result the net asset value and market price for the common shares, could be negatively impacted by an increase in interest rates due to the inability of Fund or Underlying Fund portfolio companies to service interest payment obligations and principal loan repayments. Similarly, distributions to common shareholders may be negatively impacted to the extent the Fund’s investments yield less income available for distribution.

Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks

Mortgage-backed securities represent participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders. The Fund invests in mortgage-backed securities and is subject to the following risks:

• Credit and Market Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities. Investments by the Fund in fixed rate and floating rate mortgage-backed securities entail normal credit risks (i.e., the risk of non-payment of interest and principal) and market risks (i.e., the risk that interest rates and other factors could cause the value of the instrument to decline). Many issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed securities guarantee timely payment of interest and principal on the securities, whether or not payments are made when due on the underlying mortgages. This kind of guarantee generally increases the quality of a security, but does not mean that the security’s market value and yield will not change. The value of all mortgage-backed securities may also change because of changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the organization that issued or guarantees them. In addition, an unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to a Fund as a holder of such securities, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless.

30 

Like bond investments, the value of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities will tend to rise when interest rates fall, and fall when rates rise. Floating rate mortgage-backed securities will generally tend to have more moderate changes in price when interest rates rise or fall, but their current yield will be affected. The Fund may also purchase securities that are not guaranteed. In addition, the mortgage-backed securities market in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental legislation or regulation. Factors that could affect the value of a mortgage-backed security include, among other things, the types and amounts of insurance which a mortgage carries, the default and delinquency rate of the mortgage pool, the amount of time the mortgage loan has been outstanding, the loan-to-value ratio of each mortgage and the amount of overcollateralization or undercollateralization of a mortgage pool.

Ongoing developments in the residential mortgage market may have additional consequences to mortgage-backed securities. Delinquencies and losses have at times increased with respect to securitizations involving residential mortgage loans and may continue to increase as a result of any weakening of the housing market and the seasoning of securitized pools of mortgage loans. Many so-called “sub-prime” mortgage pools are currently distressed and may be trading at significant discounts to their face value. See “Risks—Mortgage Market/Sub-Prime Risk.”

Additionally, mortgage lenders have adjusted their loan programs and underwriting standards, which has reduced the availability of mortgage credit to prospective mortgagors. This has resulted in reduced availability of financing alternatives for mortgagors seeking to refinance their mortgage loans. The reduced availability of refinancing options for mortgagors has resulted in higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on mortgage loans, particularly in the case of, but not limited to, mortgagors with adjustable rate mortgage loans or interest-only mortgage loans that experience significant increases in their monthly payments following the adjustment date or the end of the interest-only period (see “—Adjustable Rate Mortgages” below for further discussion of adjustable rate mortgage risks). These events, alone or in combination with each other and with any adverse economic conditions in the general economy, may contribute to higher delinquency and default rates on mortgage loans. The tighter underwriting guidelines for residential mortgage loans, together with lower levels of home sales and reduced refinance activity, also may have contributed to a reduction in the prepayment rate for mortgage loans generally and this may continue.

The Federal Housing Finance Agent (“FHFA”), as conservator or receiver of the Federal National Mortgage Corporation (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to its appointment if it determines that performance of the contract is burdensome and repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s affairs. In the event the guaranty obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac are repudiated, the payments of interest to holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders.

31 

Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac without any approval, assignment or consent. If FHFA were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.

• Prepayment, Extension and Redemption Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities reflect an interest in monthly payments made by the borrowers who receive the underlying mortgage loans. Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or 30 years, the borrowers can, and historically have paid them off sooner. When a prepayment happens, a portion of the mortgage-backed security which represents an interest in the underlying mortgage loan will be prepaid. A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage which bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, a portion of the Fund’s higher yielding securities are likely to be redeemed and the Fund will probably be unable to replace them with securities having as great a yield. Prepayments can result in lower yields to shareholders. The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation of mortgage-backed securities. This is known as prepayment risk. Mortgage-backed securities are also subject to extension risk. Extension risk is the possibility that rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate. This particular risk may effectively change a security which was considered short or intermediate-term into a long-term security. Long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short or intermediate-term securities. In addition, a mortgage-backed security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer. If a mortgage-backed security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem or “pay-off” the security, which could have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

• Illiquidity Risk of Mortgage-Backed Securities. The liquidity of mortgage-backed securities varies by type of security; at certain times the Fund may encounter difficulty in disposing of such investments. Because mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid than other securities, the Fund may be more susceptible to liquidity risks than funds that invest in other securities. In the past, in stressed markets, certain types of mortgage-backed securities suffered periods of illiquidity if disfavored by the market.

• Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities. Commercial mortgage-backed securities include securities that reflect an interest in, or are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

• Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. There are certain risks associated specifically with collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. The average life of CMOs is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions. These estimates may vary from actual future results, particularly during periods of extreme market volatility. Further, under certain market conditions, the average weighted life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. For example, in periods of supply and demand imbalances in the market for such securities and/or in periods of sharp interest rate movements, the prices of CMOs may fluctuate to a greater extent than would be expected from interest rate movements alone. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payment, the holder could sustain a loss. See “—Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk.”

32 

• Illiquidity of Mortgage Markets. The residential and commercial mortgage markets in the U.S. and abroad have faced economic pressures which create risks for investors in mortgage-related securities. In many instances, because of falling housing prices, the underlying collateral has resulted in devaluation, in some instances below the amount owned on the mortgage. This increases the possibility of foreclosure. Additionally, banks have increased loan underwriting requirements which limits the number of qualified real estate purchasers, putting further downward price pressure on properties on the market.

• Residual and Equity Tranches. A key feature of a mortgage-related security structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of collateral securities among the several tranches of the security. Multiple tranches of securities are typically issued by trusts holding pools of mortgage-backed securities, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics. Tranches are categorized as senior, mezzanine and equity, according to their degree of risk. The most senior tranche of a mortgage-backed security has the greatest collateralization and pays the lowest interest rate. If there are defaults or the collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to residual/equity tranches. Lower tranches represent lower degrees of credit quality and pay higher interest rates intended to compensate for the attendant risks. The return on the lower tranches of non-agency mortgage-backed securities is especially sensitive to the rate of defaults in the collateral pool. The lowest tranche (i.e. the “equity” or “residual” tranche) specifically receives the residual interest payments (i.e., whatever money that is left over after the higher tranches have been paid) rather than a fixed interest rate. Under normal market conditions, the Fund may invest up to 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy in the lower tranches of non-agency mortgage-backed securities, including equity tranches. However, the Fund’s exposure to such lower tranches of non-agency mortgage-backed securities may be greater as a result of any investments in such securities by the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests, which Underlying Funds may not be restricted in their ability to invest in such securities.

• Adjustable Rate Mortgages. Adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”) contain maximum and minimum rates beyond which the mortgage interest rate may not vary over the lifetime of the security. In addition, many ARMs provide for additional limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period. Alternatively, certain ARMs contain limitations on changes in the required monthly payment. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on an ARM, any excess interest is added to the principal balance of the mortgage loan, which is repaid through future monthly payments. If the monthly payment for such an instrument exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment required at such point to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess is utilized to reduce the then-outstanding principal balance of the ARM.

33 

• In addition, certain ARMs may provide for an initial fixed, below-market or “teaser” interest rate. During this initial fixed-rate period, the payment due from the related mortgagor may be less than that of a traditional loan. However, after the “teaser” rate expires, the monthly payment required to be made by the mortgagor may increase dramatically when the interest rate on the mortgage loan adjusts. This increased burden on the mortgagor may increase the risk of delinquency or default on the mortgage loan and in turn, losses on the mortgage-backed securities.

• Interest and Principal Only Securities Risk. The Fund may invest in “stripped mortgage-backed securities,” which pay to one class all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only, or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.

Mortgage Market/Sub-Prime Risk

The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that, when present, may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of the Fund’s mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime loans, which refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans, and second-lien mortgage loans), and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has been experienced in recent years and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, during such periods of market difficulties, a number of residential mortgage loan originators experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Owing largely to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have at times caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.

Corporate Debt Securities Risk

Corporate debt securities are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity. In addition, corporate restructurings, such as mergers, leveraged buyouts, takeovers or similar corporate transactions are often financed by an increase in a corporate issuer’s debt securities. As a result of the added debt burden, the credit quality and market value of an issuer’s existing debt securities may decline significantly. Corporate debt securities come in many varieties and may differ in the way that interest is calculated, the amount and frequency of payments, the type of collateral, if any, and the presence of special features (e.g., conversion rights). The Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investments in corporate debt securities may include, but are not limited to, senior, junior, secured and unsecured bonds, notes and other debt securities, and may be fixed rate, floating rate, zero coupon and inflation linked, among other things.

34 

Prices of corporate debt securities fluctuate and, in particular, are subject to several key risks including, but not limited to, interest rate risk, credit risk, prepayment risk and spread risk. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by the credit rating of the issuer, the issuer’s performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services.

Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risks

Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a security may be unable or unwilling to make dividend, interest and principal payments when due and the related risk that the value of a security may decline because of concerns about the issuer’s ability or willingness to make such payments. Credit risk may be heightened for the Fund because it and the Underlying Funds may invest in below investment grade securities, which are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities; such securities, while generally offering the potential for higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the possibility of dividend or interest deferral, default or bankruptcy, and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay dividends or interest and repay principal. The below investment grade securities receiving the lowest rating from an NRSRO are typically already in default. In addition, below investment grade securities are generally susceptible to decline in market value due to adverse economic and business developments and are often unsecured and subordinated to other creditors of the issuer. The market values for below investment grade securities tend to be very volatile, and these securities are generally less liquid than investment grade securities. See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Below Investment Grade Securities” in the SAI for additional discussion of below investment grade securities risks. See also “—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risk” below.

Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy Risk

The Fund invests in closed-end funds as a principal part of the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy. Shares of closed-end funds listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a price per share that is less than the net asset value per share, the difference representing the “market discount” of such shares. The market price of such shares may be affected by factors such as net asset value, dividend or distribution levels and their stability (which will in turn be affected by levels of dividend and interest payments by the fund’s portfolio holdings, the timing and success of the fund’s investment strategies, regulations affecting the timing and character of fund distributions, fund expenses and other factors), supply of and demand for the shares, trading volume of the shares, general market, interest rate and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the closed-end fund.

A closed-end fund’s market discount may be due in part to the investment objective of long-term appreciation, which is sought by many closed-end funds, as well as to the fact that the shares of closed-end funds are not redeemable by the holder upon demand to the issuer at the next determined net asset value, but rather, are subject to supply and demand in the secondary market. A relative lack of secondary market purchasers of closed-end fund shares also may contribute to such shares trading at a discount to their net asset value.

The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to net asset value or at a premium to net asset value. There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease. In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and the Fund may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the net asset value of the Fund’s common shares. Similarly, there can be no assurance that any shares of a closed-end fund purchased by the Fund at a premium will continue to trade at a premium or that the premium will not decrease subsequent to a purchase of such shares by the Fund.

35 

Closed-end funds may issue senior securities (including preferred stock and debt obligations) for the purpose of leveraging the closed-end fund’s common shares in an attempt to enhance the current return to such closed-end fund’s common shareholders. The Fund’s investment in the common shares of closed-end funds that are financially leveraged may create an opportunity for greater total return on its investment, but at the same time may be expected to exhibit more volatility in market price and net asset value than an investment in shares of investment companies without a leveraged capital structure. See “—Underlying Fund Risks.”

Underlying Fund Risks

The Fund invests in Underlying Funds such as other closed-end funds and ETFs. The expenses of the Fund will generally be higher than the direct expenses of other fund shares. The Fund indirectly bears fees and expenses charged by the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests in addition to the Fund’s direct fees and expenses. See “Summary of Fund Expenses” for a further description of such fees and their impact on the expenses of the Fund. The Fund may also incur brokerage costs when it purchases shares of Underlying Funds. Furthermore, investments in Underlying Funds could affect the timing, amount and character of distributions to common shareholders and therefore may increase the amount of taxes payable by investors in the Fund. The value of your investment in the Fund will go up and down with the prices of Underlying Fund shares (and other securities) in which the Fund invests. Similarly, the value of the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds will go up and down with the prices of the securities in which the Underlying Funds invest.

The Fund will incur higher and additional expenses when it invests in Underlying Funds. There is also the risk that the Fund may suffer losses due to the investment practices or operations of the Underlying Funds. To the extent that the Fund invests in one or more Underlying Funds that concentrate in a particular industry, the Fund would be vulnerable to factors affecting that industry and the concentrating Underlying Funds’ performance, and that of the Fund, may be more volatile than Underlying Funds that do not concentrate. In addition, one Underlying Fund may purchase a security that another Underlying Fund is selling.

As the Fund invests at least a portion of its Managed Assets in closed-end funds, ETFs and/or BDCs, the Fund’s performance will depend to a greater extent on the overall performance of closed-end funds, ETFs and BDCs generally, in addition to the performance of the specific Underlying Funds (and other assets) in which the Fund invests. The use of leverage by Underlying Funds magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in Underlying Funds. Further, the Underlying Funds are not subject to the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions. The Fund generally receives information regarding the portfolio holdings of Underlying Funds only when that information is made available to the public. The Fund cannot dictate how the Underlying Funds invest their assets. The Underlying Funds may invest their assets in securities and other instruments, and may use investment techniques and strategies, that are not described in this Prospectus. Common shareholders bear two layers of fees and expenses with respect to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds because each of the Fund and the Underlying Fund will charge fees and incur separate expenses. See “Summary of Fund Expenses” for a further description of such fees and their impact on the expenses of the Fund. In addition, subject to applicable 1940 Act limitations, the Underlying Funds themselves may purchase securities issued by registered and unregistered funds (e.g., common stock, preferred stock, auction rate preferred stock), and those investments would be subject to the risks associated with Underlying Funds and unregistered funds (including a third layer of fees and expenses, i.e., the Underlying Fund will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the funds in which the Underlying Fund invests, in addition to the Underlying Fund’s own fees and expenses). An Underlying Fund with positive performance may indirectly receive a performance fee from the Fund, even when the Fund’s overall returns are negative. Additionally, the Fund’s investment in an Underlying Fund may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the Underlying Fund’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Fund could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.

36 

The Fund may invest in BDCs as a principal part of the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy. BDCs generally invest in less mature U.S. private companies or thinly traded U.S. public companies which involve greater risk than well-established publicly-traded companies. While BDCs are expected to generate income in the form of dividends, certain BDCs during certain periods of time may not generate such income. The Fund indirectly bears its proportionate share of any management fees and other operating expenses incurred by the BDCs and of any performance-based or incentive fees payable by the BDCs in which it invests, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund. BDCs generally charge a management fee of up to 2.0% and up to a 20% incentive fee on income and/or capital gains. The use of leverage by BDCs magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in BDCs. A BDC may make investments with a larger amount of risk of volatility and loss of principal than other investment options and may also be highly speculative and aggressive.

Investments in closed-end funds that elect to be treated as BDCs may be subject to a high degree of risk. BDCs typically invest in and lend to small and medium-sized private and certain public companies that may not have access to public equity markets or capital raising. As a result, a BDC’s portfolio typically will include a substantial amount of securities purchased in private placements, and its portfolio may carry risks similar to those of a private equity or private debt fund. Securities that are not publicly registered may be difficult to value and may be difficult to sell at a price representative of their intrinsic value. Small and medium-sized companies also may have fewer lines of business so that changes in any one line of business may have a greater impact on the value of their stock than is the case with a larger company. Some BDCs invest substantially, or even exclusively, in one sector or industry group and therefore carry risk of that particular sector or industry group. To the extent a BDC focuses its investments in a specific sector, the BDC will be susceptible to adverse conditions and economic or regulatory occurrences affecting the specific sector or industry group, which tends to increase volatility and result in higher risk. Investments in BDCs are subject to various other risks, including management’s ability to meet the BDC’s investment objective and to manage the BDC’s portfolio when the underlying securities are redeemed or sold, during periods of market turmoil and as investors’ perceptions regarding a BDC or its underlying investments change. BDC shares are not redeemable at the option of the BDC shareholder and, as with shares of other closed-end funds, they may trade in the secondary market at a discount to their NAV.

37 

Private Debt Risk

The primary risk associated with investments in Private Debt is that the issuer may default on principal and/or interest payments. Such a default would have the effect of lessening the income generated by the Fund and/or the value of the Private Debt. Private Debt is subject to certain other risks associated with fixed income investments. See “—Fixed Income Securities Risks.” Private Debt often may be illiquid, is typically not listed on an exchange, and is traded less actively than similar securities of publicly traded issuers. For certain Private Debt investments, trading may only be possible through the assistance of the broker who originally participated in the offering of the security and has a relationship with the issuer. Due to the limited trading market, independent pricing services may be unable to provide a price for Private Debt, and the fair value of the securities may be determined in good faith under procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund, which typically will include the use of one or more independent broker quotes.

Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risks

The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in defaulted and distressed securities. Legal difficulties and negotiations with creditors and other claimants are common when dealing with defaulted or distressed companies. Defaulted or distressed companies may be insolvent, in bankruptcy or undergoing some other form of financial restructuring. In the event of a default, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. The repayment of defaulted bonds is subject to significant uncertainties, and in some cases, there may be no recovery of repayment. Defaulted bonds might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Because of the relative illiquidity of defaulted or distressed debt and equity securities, short sales are difficult, and the Fund and most Underlying Funds primarily maintain long positions. Some relative value trades are possible, where an investor sells short one class of a defaulted or distressed company’s capital structure and purchases another. With distressed investing, often there is a time lag between when the Fund and an Underlying Fund makes an investment and when the Fund and the Underlying Fund realizes the value of the investment. In addition, the Fund and an Underlying Fund may incur legal and other monitoring costs in protecting the value of the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s claims.

38 

Loan Risk

The Fund or an Underlying Fund’s investment in loans includes the risk that (i) if a fund holds a loan through another financial intermediary, or relies on a financial intermediary to administer the loan, its receipt of principal and interest on the loan may be subject to the credit risk of that financial intermediary; (ii) it is possible that any collateral securing a loan may be insufficient or unavailable to the fund, because, for example, the value of the collateral securing a loan can decline, be insufficient to meet the obligations of the borrower, or be difficult to liquidate, and that the fund’s rights to collateral may be limited by bankruptcy or insolvency laws; (iii) investments in highly leveraged loans or loans of stressed, distressed, or defaulted issuers may be subject to significant credit and liquidity risk; (iv) a bankruptcy or other court proceeding could delay or limit the ability of the fund to collect the principal and interest payments on that borrower’s loans or adversely affect the fund’s rights in collateral relating to a loan; (v) there may be limited public information available regarding the loan; (vi) the use of a particular interest rate benchmark, such as LIBOR, may limit the fund’s ability to achieve a net return to shareholders that consistently approximates the average published Prime Rate of U.S. banks; further, LIBOR is being phased out by the end of 2021 and there remains some uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate; (vii) the prices of certain floating rate loans that include a feature that prevents their interest rates from adjusting if market interest rates are below a specified minimum level may be more sensitive to changes in interest rates should interest rates rise but remain below the applicable minimum level; (viii) if a borrower fails to comply with various restrictive covenants that are typically in loan agreements, the borrower may default in payment of the loan; (ix) the fund’s investments in Senior Loans (as further discussed below) may be subject to increased liquidity and valuation risks, risks associated with collateral impairment or access, and risks associated with investing in unsecured loans; (x) opportunities to invest in loans or certain types of loans, such as Senior Loans, may be limited; (xi) transactions in loans may settle on a delayed basis, and the fund may not receive the proceeds from the sale of a loan for a substantial period of time after the sale, which may result in sale proceeds related to the sale of loans not being available to make additional investments or to meet a fund’s redemption obligations until potentially a substantial period after the sale of the loans; and (xii) loans may be difficult to value and may be illiquid, which may adversely affect an investment in the fund.

• Bank Loans—Assignments and Participations Risks. A fund may purchase “assignments” of bank loans from lenders. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender. Additionally, a fund may invest in “participations” in bank loans. Participations by a fund in a lender’s portion of a bank loan typically will result in the fund having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the borrower. As a result, the fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of such payments from the borrower.

In connection with purchasing loan participations, a fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the loan participation. As a result, the fund may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. Certain loan participations may be structured in a manner designed to prevent purchasers of participations from being subject to the credit risk of the lender with respect to the participation, but even under such a structure, in the event of the lender’s insolvency, the lender’s servicing of the participation may be delayed and the assignability of the participation impaired.

39 

A fund may have difficulty disposing of loans and loan participations because to do so it will have to assign or sell such securities to a third party. Because there is no liquid market for many such securities, the Fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and a fund’s ability to dispose of particular loans and loan participations when necessary to meet the fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for loans and loan participations also may make it more difficult for a fund to assign a value to these securities for purposes of valuing the fund’s portfolio and calculating its net asset value.

• Bank Loans—Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities Risk. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. These commitments may have the effect of requiring a fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise be desirable to do so (including a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).

Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, a fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are subject to credit, interest rate and liquidity risk.

• Senior Loan Risks. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in senior secured floating rate and fixed-rate loans made to or issued by U.S. or non-U.S. banks or other corporations (“Senior Loans”). Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates that are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the LIBOR Rate) plus a premium. Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality (i.e., high yield securities). Senior Loans generally (but not always) hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral.

There is less readily available and reliable information about most Senior Loans than is the case for many other types of instruments, including listed securities. Senior Loans are not listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system and as such, many Senior Loans are illiquid, meaning that the Fund and an Underlying Fund may not be able to sell them quickly at a fair price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market is more volatile than for liquid, listed securities and may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. The market for Senior Loans could be disrupted in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase or decrease in interest rates. Senior Loans, like most other debt obligations, are subject to the risk of default. Default in the payment of interest or principal on a Senior Loan will result in a reduction of income to the Fund or an Underlying Fund, a reduction in the value of the Senior Loan and a potential decrease in the Fund’s net asset value of the common shares.

40 

The Fund or the Underlying Funds may acquire or hold Senior Loans of borrowers that are experiencing, or are more likely to experience, financial difficulty, including Senior Loans issued to highly leveraged borrowers or borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations, including Senior Loans, that are rated below investment grade. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may invest a substantial portion of its assets in Senior Loans that are rated below investment grade or that are unrated at the time of purchase but are deemed by the Fund or an Underlying Fund’s adviser’s to be of comparable quality. The values of Senior Loans of borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection or that are experiencing payment difficulty could be affected by, among other things, the assessment of the likelihood that the lenders ultimately will receive repayment of the principal amount of such Senior Loans, the likely duration, if any, of a lapse in the scheduled payment of interest and repayment of principal and prevailing interest rates. There is no assurance that the Fund or an Underlying Fund will be able to recover any amount on Senior Loans of such borrowers or that sale of the collateral granted in connection with Senior Loans would raise enough cash to satisfy the borrower’s payment obligation or that the collateral can or will be liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation may not occur and the bankruptcy court may not give lenders the full benefit of their senior position in the capital structure of the borrower.

Asset-Backed Securities Risk

Asset-backed securities are bonds or notes backed by loan paper or accounts receivable originated by banks, credit card companies or other providers of credit. An investment in asset-backed securities involves the risk that borrowers may default on the obligations that underlie the asset-backed security and that, during periods of falling interest rates, asset-backed securities may be called or prepaid, which may result in the Fund having to reinvest proceeds in other investments at a lower interest rate, and the risk that the impairment of the value of the collateral underlying a security in which the Fund invests (due, for example, to non-payment of loans) will result in a reduction in the value of the security.

Certain asset-backed securities do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the related collateral as do mortgage-backed securities; nor are they provided government guarantees of repayment. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. In addition, some issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. The impairment of the value of assets (tangible or intangible) underlying an asset-backed security, such as a result of non-payment of loans or non-performance of other collateral or underlying assets, may result in a reduction in the value of such asset-backed securities and losses to the Fund.

Illiquid Securities Risks

The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in illiquid securities. It may not be possible to sell or otherwise dispose of illiquid securities both at the price and within the time period deemed desirable by a fund. Illiquid securities also may be difficult to value.

41 

Micro-, Small- and Medium-Sized Company Risks

The Fund, and the Underlying Funds in which it invests, may invest in securities without regard to market capitalization. Investments in securities of micro-, small- and medium-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies, because these securities typically are traded in lower volume and issuers are typically more subject to changes in earnings and future earnings prospects. Micro-, small- and medium-sized companies often have narrower markets for their goods and/or services and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies. Furthermore, these companies often have limited product lines, services, markets or financial resources, or are dependent on a small management group. Since these stocks are not well known to the investing public, do not have significant institutional ownership and are followed by relatively few security analysts, there will normally be less publicly available information concerning these securities compared to what is available for the securities of larger companies. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, can decrease the value and liquidity of securities held by the Fund. As a result, micro-, small- and medium-sized companies’ performance can be more volatile and the companies face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of the Fund’s portfolio. The risks are intensified for investments in micro-cap companies.

Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk

The risks of an investment in a collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) depend largely on the quality and type of the collateral and the tranche of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), Collateralized loan obligations and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market, or other relevant measures of liquidity, may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO potentially to be deemed liquid by the Adviser or Subadviser under liquidity policies approved by the Board. In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

42 

REIT Risks

The Fund, and the Underlying Funds in which it invests, may invest in equity, mortgage and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest in real estate, mortgage REITs invest in loans secured by real estate and hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate. Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. The value of equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while the value of mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers and self-liquidation. REITs also are subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and failing to maintain their exemption from registration under the 1940 Act. Investment in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies, and REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. By investing in REITs directly or indirectly through the Underlying Funds, the Fund indirectly bears its proportionate share of the expenses of the REITs. The expenses at the REIT level are not included in the Fund’s expense table as acquired fund fees and expenses.

Equity Securities Risks

The Underlying Funds may invest in equity securities. While equity securities have historically generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, equity securities have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of an issuer’s equity securities held by an Underlying Fund. Equity security prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. The value of a particular equity security may fall in value. The prices of stocks change in response to many factors, including the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, management decisions, decreased demand for an issuer’s products or services, increased production costs, general economic conditions, interest rates, currency exchange rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity. The value of an Underlying Fund’s shares will go up and down due to movement in the collective returns of the individual securities held by the Underlying Fund. Common stocks are subordinate to preferred stocks and debt in a company’s capital structure, and if a company is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of preferred stocks take precedence over the claims of those who own common stocks. In addition, equity security prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.

43 

Preferred Stock Risk

Preferred stock represents the senior residual interest in the assets of an issuer after meeting all claims, with priority to corporate income and liquidation payments over the issuer’s common stock. As such, preferred stock is inherently riskier than the bonds and other debt instruments of the issuer, but less risky than its common stock. Certain preferred stocks contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip (in the case of “non-cumulative” preferred stocks) or defer (in the case of “cumulative” preferred stocks) dividend payments. Preferred stocks often contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. Preferred stocks typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when dividends are in arrears beyond a certain time period. There is no assurance that dividends on preferred stocks in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. If the Fund owns preferred stock that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes while it is not receiving cash payments corresponding to such income. When interest rates fall below the rate payable on an issue of preferred stock or for other reasons, the issuer may redeem the preferred stock, generally after an initial period of call protection in which the stock is not redeemable. Preferred stocks may be significantly less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities, corporate debt and common stock.

Warrants Risks

The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in warrants. Warrants do not carry with them the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that they entitle their holder to purchase and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. As a result, warrants may be considered to have more speculative characteristics than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

Derivatives Risks

The Fund and the Underlying Funds may enter into derivatives. Derivative transactions involve investment techniques and risks different from those associated with the Fund’s other investments. Generally, a derivative is a financial contract the value of which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate, or index, and may relate to individual debt or equity instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities, related indexes and other assets. Derivatives can be volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk, depending upon the characteristics of a particular derivative. Derivatives may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest, meaning that a small investment in a derivative could have a large potential impact on the performance of a fund. The Fund or an Underlying Fund could experience a loss if derivatives do not perform as anticipated, if they are not correlated with the performance of other investments which they are used to hedge or if the fund is unable to liquidate a position because of an illiquid secondary market. The market for many derivatives is, or can suddenly become, illiquid. Changes in liquidity may result in significant, rapid and unpredictable changes in the prices of derivatives. When used for speculative purposes, derivatives will produce enhanced investment exposure, which will magnify gains and losses. Certain derivatives transactions may give rise to a form of leverage. The use of leverage may cause a fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations or to meet segregation requirements. Leverage may cause a fund to be more volatile than if it had not been leveraged. This is because leverage tends to exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. Further, using derivatives may include the risk of mispricing or improper valuation of derivatives and the inability of derivatives to correlate perfectly, or at all, with the value of the assets, reference rates or indexes they are designed to closely track. The Fund and the Underlying Funds also are subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivatives contracts purchased by such fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. See “—Option and Futures Risks” and “—Swap Risks.”

44 

Options and Futures Risks

The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in options and futures contracts for hedging purposes. The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of a fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of a fund’s position. In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain over-the-counter options could have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, a fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses. Although a fund’s use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to a fund that might result from an increase in value of the position. There is also the risk of loss by a fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund or an Underlying Fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. However, because option premiums paid by the Fund or an Underlying Fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying options can result in large amounts of leverage. This leverage offered by trading in options could cause the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s net asset value to be subject to more frequent and wider fluctuation than would be the case if the Fund or an Underlying Fund did not invest in options.

45 

If the Fund or an Underlying Fund purchases an option and the price of the underlying stock fails to move in the expected direction, the Fund or Underlying Fund will lose most or all of the amount the fund paid for the option, plus commission costs. If the Fund or an Underlying Fund writes (“sells”) an option and the price of the underlying stock fails to move in the expected direction, the Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s losses could easily exceed the proceeds it received when it wrote the options.

Swap Risks

The Fund and the Underlying Funds may enter into interest rate, index, total return and currency swap agreements and, other than total return swap agreements (as discussed herein), such agreements are utilized by the Fund for hedging purposes (if at all). All of these agreements are considered derivatives. Swap agreements are two-party contracts under which the fund and a counterparty, such as a broker or dealer, agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on an agreed-upon underlying asset or investment over the term of the swap. The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Adviser, Subadviser or an Underlying Fund’s investment adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads, liquidity or other applicable factors or events, the investment performance of the Fund or Underlying Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Swaps and swap options can be used for a variety of purposes, including: to manage fund exposure to changes in interest or foreign currency exchange rates and credit quality; as an efficient means of adjusting fund overall exposure to certain markets; in an effort to enhance income or total return or protect the value of portfolio securities; to serve as a cash management tool; and to adjust portfolio duration.

There are risks in the use of swaps. Swaps could result in losses if interest or foreign currency exchange rates or credit quality changes are not correctly anticipated by the Adviser, Subadviser or Underlying Fund manager. Total return swaps could result in losses if the reference index, security, or investments do not perform as anticipated. Total return swaps involve an enhanced risk that the issuer or counterparty will fail to perform its contractual obligations. Total return swaps may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the full notional amount of the swap. To the extent the Fund or an Underlying Fund enters into a total return swap on equity securities, the Fund or the Underlying Fund will receive the positive performance of a notional amount of such securities underlying the total return swap. In exchange, the Fund or the Underlying Fund will be obligated to pay the negative performance of such notional amount of securities. Therefore, the Fund or the Underlying Fund assumes the risk of a substantial decrease in the market value of the equity securities. The use of swaps may not always be successful; using them could lower fund total return, their prices can be highly volatile, and the potential loss from the use of swaps can exceed the fund’s initial investment in such instruments. Also, the other party to a swap agreement could default on its obligations or refuse to cash out the fund’s investment at a reasonable price, which could turn an expected gain into a loss.

46 

Short Sale Risks

The Fund and the Underlying Funds may engage in short sales. However, the Fund will not engage in any short sales of securities issued by closed-end funds and business development companies. Such transactions are utilized by the Fund for hedging purposes. A short sale is a transaction in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. Positions in shorted securities are speculative and more risky than long positions (purchases) in securities because the maximum sustainable loss on a security purchased is limited to the amount paid for the security plus the transaction costs, whereas there is no maximum attainable price of the shorted security. Therefore, in theory, securities sold short have unlimited risk. Short selling will also result in higher transaction costs (such as interest and dividends), directly or indirectly through the investments in Underlying Funds, and may result in higher taxes, which reduce a fund’s return.

If a security sold short increases in price, a fund may have to cover its short position at a higher price than the short sale price, resulting in a loss. With respect to a fund’s short positions, the Fund must borrow those securities to make delivery to the buyer. A fund may not be able to borrow a security that it needs to deliver or it may not be able to close out a short position at an acceptable price and may have to sell related long positions before it had intended to do so. As a result, a fund may not be able to successfully implement its short sale strategy due to the limited availability of desired securities or for other reasons.

When borrowing a security for delivery to a buyer, a fund also may be required to pay a premium and other transaction costs, which would increase the cost of the security sold short. A fund must normally repay to the lender an amount equal to any dividends or interest earned while the loan is outstanding. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses a fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Also, the lender of a security may terminate the loan at a time when a fund is unable to borrow the same security for delivery. In that case, a fund would need to purchase a replacement security at the then current market price or “buy in” by paying the lender an amount equal to the costs of purchasing the security.

Until a fund replaces a borrowed security, it is required to maintain a segregated account of cash or liquid assets to cover the fund’s short position. Securities held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the position they are covering is outstanding, unless they are replaced with similar securities. Additionally, a fund must maintain sufficient liquid assets (less any additional collateral held by the broker), marked-to-market daily, to cover its short sale obligations. This may limit a fund’s investment flexibility, as well as its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

47 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risks

The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks associated with the Fund’s use of bank borrowings since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. See “—Leverage Risks.” Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase, and that the securities may not be returned to the Fund. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Fund in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.

Foreign Investing Risks

The Fund, and the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests, may invest in foreign securities. Because the Fund and the Underlying Funds may hold foreign debt and equity securities, including the debt of foreign governments and supranational organizations, and American Depositary Receipts, the Fund is subject to foreign investing risk.

Investments in foreign securities may be affected by currency controls and exchange rates; different accounting, auditing, financial reporting, and legal standards and practices; expropriation; changes in tax policy; social, political and economic instability; greater market volatility; differing securities market structures; higher transaction costs; and various administrative difficulties, such as delays in clearing and settling portfolio transactions or in receiving payment of dividends. In addition, changes in government administrations or economic or monetary policies in the United States or abroad could result in appreciation or depreciation of the Fund’s securities. These risks may be heightened in connection with investments in emerging or developing countries. An investment in depositary receipts is subject to many of the same risks as when investing directly in foreign securities. The effect of worldwide or regional economic and political instability on specific foreign markets or issuers may be difficult to predict or evaluate, and some national economies continue to show profound instability, which may in turn affect their international trading partners. In addition, the Underlying Funds owned by the Fund may purchase loans from obligors located in non-U.S. jurisdictions. It may be more difficult and costly for the Fund to enforce the terms of loans against foreign obligors than obligors of loans in U.S. jurisdictions. Adverse economic conditions in such jurisdictions, as well as foreign exchange rate fluctuations may affect the ability and incentive of foreign obligors to make timely payments of principal and interest on their loans. Collection on purchased loans may also be affected by economic and political conditions in the country or region in which the obligor is located. Rights and remedies available to enforce loan obligations and any security interest relating thereto will depend on the relevant country’s laws, including insolvency laws and laws specifying the priority of payments to creditors, all of which may be significantly different from U.S. law. Accordingly, the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on foreign loans could be higher than those experienced with loans located in the U.S. See “—Currency Risk” and “—Emerging Markets Risk.”

Investing in emerging market securities imposes risks different from, or greater than, risks of investing in foreign developed countries. These risks include (i) the smaller market capitalization of securities markets, which may suffer periods of relative illiquidity, (ii) significant price volatility, (iii) restrictions on foreign investment, and (iv) possible repatriation of investment income and capital. In addition, foreign investors may be required to register the proceeds of sales, and future economic or political crises could lead to price controls, forced mergers, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization, or the creation of government monopolies. The currencies of emerging market countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by an Underlying Fund. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries. Investments in emerging markets may be considered speculative.

48 

Certain foreign markets may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, organizations, entities and/or individuals, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures. Economic sanctions could, among other things, effectively restrict or eliminate the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s ability to purchase or sell securities or groups of securities for a substantial period of time, and may make the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investments in such securities harder to value. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of capital controls, nationalization of companies or industries, expropriation of assets, or the imposition of punitive taxes. The governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain sectors or industries. In addition, a foreign government may limit or cause delay in the convertibility or repatriation of its currency which would adversely affect the U.S. dollar value and/or liquidity of investments denominated in that currency. Certain foreign investments may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions, or become illiquid after purchase by an Underlying Fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil.

Currency Risk

To the extent that the Fund invests in securities denominated in, or whose issuers receive revenue in, foreign currencies, it will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of Hedging Positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the Fund would be adversely affected. Currencies in non-U.S. countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational agencies, such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad.

Emerging Markets Risk

Investment in emerging market securities involves greater risk than that associated with investment in securities of issuers in developed foreign countries. These risks include volatile currency exchange rates, periods of high inflation, increased risk of default, greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability, less governmental supervision and regulation of securities markets, weaker auditing and financial reporting standards, lack of liquidity in the markets, and the significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging market issuers.

49 

Sovereign Debt Obligation Risks

The Fund or the Underlying Funds may invest in sovereign debt obligations, which is sovereign debt issued by foreign governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies or instrumentalities, government sponsored enterprises and supranational government entities. Supranational entities include international organizations that are organized or supported by one or more government entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and by international banking institutions and related governmental agencies. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”), the European Coal and Steel Community, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Each supranational entity’s lending activities are limited to a percentage of its total capital (including “callable capital” contributed by its governmental members at the entity’s call), reserves and net income. There is no assurance that participating governments will be able or willing to honor their commitments to make capital contributions to a supranational entity.

Investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations. The issuer of the sovereign debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and the Fund and the Underlying Funds may have limited recourse in the event of a default. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations. In the past, certain emerging markets have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest, and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts.

Certain countries have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. The issuer or governmental authority that controls the repayment of a country’s debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation and, in the case of a government debtor, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the government debtor’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a government debtor may be subject. Government debtors may default on their debt and also may be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a debtor’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations.

Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the government debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts on a timely basis. Holders of government debt, including the Fund and the Underlying Funds, may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to government debtors.

As a result of the foregoing, a government obligor may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may have limited (or no) legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of more senior fixed income securities, such as commercial bank debt, will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign government debt securities in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

50 

Government obligors in emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. See “Risks—Emerging Markets Risk.” The issuers of the government debt securities in which the Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign government debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the foreign government debt securities in which the Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may adversely affect the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.

Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union (“EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments. See “—Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risks.”

Investments in a foreign country’s government debt securities also involves currency risk. See “—Currency Risk.”

U.S. Government Securities Risk

The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in U.S. Government securities, which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or government-sponsored enterprises. Some U.S. Government securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.

The U.S. Government’s guarantee of ultimate payment of principal and timely payment of interest on certain U. S. Government securities owned by the Fund or an Underlying Fund does not imply that the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s shares are guaranteed or that the price of the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s shares will not fluctuate. In addition, securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Federal Home Loan Banks are not obligations of, or insured by, the U.S. Government. If a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests defaults, and the U.S. Government does not stand behind the obligation, the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s share price or yield could fall. Securities of certain U.S. Government sponsored entities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Government. All U.S. Government obligations are subject to interest rate risk.

Municipal Securities Risk

Municipal securities are long-term fixed rate debt obligations that generally decline in value with increases in interest rates, when an issuer’s financial condition worsens or when the rating on a bond is decreased. Many municipal securities may be called or redeemed prior to their stated maturity. Lower-quality revenue bonds and other credit-sensitive municipal securities carry higher risks of default than general obligation bonds. In addition, the amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds and municipal securities may be less liquid than such securities. Special factors, such as legislative changes and local and business developments, may adversely affect the yield and/or value of the Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s investments in municipal securities. Other factors include the general conditions of the municipal securities market, the size of the particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled.

51 

Structured Notes Risks

The Underlying Funds may invest in structured notes. Structured notes are subject to a number of fixed income risks including general market risk, interest rate risk, and the risk that the issuer on the note may fail to make interest and/or principal payments when due, or may default on its obligations entirely. In addition, because the performance of structured notes tracks the performance of the underlying debt obligation, structured notes generally are subject to more risk than investing in a simple note or bond issued by the same issuer. It is impossible to predict whether the referenced factor (such as an index or interest rate) or prices of the underlying securities will rise or fall. To the extent that an Underlying Fund invests in structured notes, the Underlying Fund may be more volatile than other funds that do not invest in structured notes. The actual trading prices of structured notes may be significantly different from the principal amount of the notes. If an Underlying Fund sells the structured notes prior to maturity, it may suffer a loss of principal. At final maturity, structured notes may be redeemed in cash or in kind, which is at the discretion of the issuer. If the notes are redeemed in kind, a fund would receive shares of stock at a depressed price. To the extent that a structured note is not principal-protected through an insurance feature, the note’s principal will not be protected. In the case of a decrease in the value of the underlying asset, an Underlying Fund would receive shares at a value less than the original amount invested; while an increase in the value of an underlying asset will not increase the return on the note.

Rating Agency Risk

Ratings agencies such as S&P, Moody’s or other NRSROs provide ratings on debt securities based on their analyses of information they deem relevant. Ratings are opinions or judgments of the credit quality of an issuer and may prove to be inaccurate. In addition, there may be a delay between events or circumstances adversely affecting the ability of an issuer to pay interest and or repay principal and a NRSRO’s decision to downgrade a security. Further, a rating agency may have a conflict of interest with respect to a security for which it assigns a particular rating if, for example, the issuer or sponsor of the security pays the rating agency for the analysis of its security, which could affect the reliability of the rating.

Legislation and Regulatory Risks

At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation or additional regulations may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the entities and/or securities in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund is regulated. New or amended regulations may be imposed by the CFTC, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Federal Reserve or other financial regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Fund or the Underlying Funds. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective. The Fund and the Underlying Funds also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations.

In general, the imposition of any additional legal or regulatory requirements could make compliance more difficult and expensive, affect the manner in which the Fund conduct its business and adversely affect the Fund’s profitability.

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risks

The ongoing U.S. military and related action around the world, as well as the continuing threat of terrorist attacks, could have significant adverse effects on the U.S. economy, the stock market and world economies and markets generally. A disruption of financial markets or other terrorist attacks could adversely affect the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s service providers and/or the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s operations as well as interest rates, secondary trading, credit risk, inflation and other factors relating to the common shares. The Fund cannot predict the effects or likelihood of similar events in the future on the U.S. and world economies, the market value of the common shares or the net asset value of the Fund. Assets of companies, including those held in the Fund’s portfolio, could be direct targets, or indirect casualties, of an act of terrorism.

52 

Defensive Measures

The Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as a defensive measure in response to adverse market conditions or opportunistically at the discretion of the Adviser or Subadviser. During these periods, the Fund may not be pursuing its investment objective.

Structural Risks:

Market Discount

Shares of common stock of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Fund’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities and may be greater for investors expecting to sell their Common Shares in a relatively short period following completion of an offering under this prospectus and applicable prospectus supplement.

Although the value of the Fund’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in determining whether to purchase or sell common shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of the common shares will depend entirely upon whether the market price of the common shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for the common shares. Because the market price of the common shares is affected by factors such as net asset value, dividend and distribution levels and their stability (which are in turn affected by levels of dividend and interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, the timing and success of the Fund’s investment strategies, regulations affecting the timing and character of the Fund’s distributions, the Fund’s expenses and other factors), supply of and demand for the common shares, trading volume of the common shares, general market, interest rate and economic conditions, and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares offered under this prospectus will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the public offering price thereof. The foregoing risks also apply to the closed-end funds in which the Fund invests.

Market Impact Risk

The sale of the Common Shares (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices in the secondary market for the Fund’s common shares through increasing the number of shares available, which may put downward pressure on the market price for the Fund’s common shares. These sales also might make it more difficult for the Fund to sell additional equity securities in the future at a time and price the Fund deems appropriate. See “—Risks Associated with Offerings of Additional Common Shares.”

Investment Style Risk

The Fund is managed by allocating the Fund’s assets to two different strategies as described in this Prospectus. This may cause the Fund to underperform funds that do not limit their investments to these two strategies during periods when these strategies underperform other types of investments.

Not a Complete Investment Program

The Fund is intended for investors seeking current income and overall total return over the long-term, and is not intended to be a short-term trading vehicle. An investment in the common shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. Each investor should take into account the Fund’s investment objective and other characteristics as well as the investor’s other investments when considering an investment in the Common Shares. An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors.

53 

Multi-Manager Risk

Fund performance is dependent upon the success of the Adviser and the Subadviser in implementing the Fund’s investment strategies in pursuit of its investment objective. To a significant extent, the Fund’s performance will depend on the success of the Adviser’s methodology in allocating the Fund’s assets between each of the principal investment strategies. The Adviser and the Subadviser’s investment styles may not always be complementary, which could adversely affect the performance of the Fund. Because the Adviser and the Subadviser each makes investment decisions independently, it is possible that the Adviser and the Subadviser may, at any time, take positions that in effect may be opposite of positions taken by each other. In such cases, the Fund will incur brokerage and other transaction costs without accomplishing any net investment results. The multi-manager approach could increase the Fund’s portfolio turnover rates, which may result in higher levels of realized capital gains or losses with respect to the Fund’s portfolio securities, and higher broker commissions and other transaction costs. The trading costs and tax consequences associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance. See “—Investment Style Risk.”

In addition, the Subadviser’s implementation of the Opportunistic Income Strategy means that, at any point in time, the Subadviser will manage 65-90% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. To the extent the Subadvisory Agreement is terminated or not renewed, Fund performance will become dependent on the Adviser or a new subadviser successfully implementing the Opportunistic Income Strategy. There is no assurance that a suitable replacement to the Subadviser could be found if the Subadvisory Agreement is terminated or not renewed. Any such termination or non-renewal of the Subadvisory Agreement can have an adverse effect on an investment in the Fund. In addition, to the extent the Adviser retains the responsibility of implementing the Opportunistic Income Strategy of the Fund following the termination or non-renewal of the Subadvisory Agreement, the approval of the Fund’s stockholders will likely not be required.

Asset Allocation Risk

To the extent that the Adviser’s asset allocation between the Fund’s principal investment strategies may fail to produce the intended result, the Fund’s return may suffer. Additionally, the potentially active asset allocation style of the Fund may lead to changing allocations over time and represent a risk to investors who target fixed asset allocations.

Leverage Risks

Since the common shareholders pay all expenses related to the issuance of debt or use of leverage, the use of leverage through borrowing of money, issuance of debt securities or the issuance of Preferred Shares for investment or other purposes creates risks for common shareholders. Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Fund to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. Increases and decreases in the value of the Fund’s portfolio is magnified when the Fund uses leverage. As a result, leverage may cause greater changes in the Fund’s net asset value. The Fund will also have to pay interest on its borrowings or dividends on Preferred Shares, if any, which may reduce the Fund’s return. The leverage costs may be greater than the Fund’s return on the underlying investment. The Fund’s leveraging strategy may not be successful.

The Fund has utilized leverage primarily through borrowings under the UBS Facility. So long as the Fund’s portfolio provides a higher rate of return, net of expenses, than the interest rate on borrowed money, the leverage may cause common shareholders to receive a higher current rate of return than if the Fund were not leveraged. If, however, long-term and/or short-term rates rise, the interest rate on borrowed money could exceed the rate of return on securities held by the Fund, reducing return to common shareholders. The state of the credit markets may, from time to time, adversely affect the ability of the Fund to borrow money for investment purposes and may cause an increase in borrowing costs, which would reduce returns to common shareholders.

54 

In addition to the foregoing, the use of leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders, including:

• the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price and dividend rate of the common shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;

• the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on reverse repurchase agreements, borrowings or on short-term debt or in the interest or dividend rates on any debt securities or Preferred Shares that the Fund must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders;

• the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the common shares than if the Fund were not leveraged, may result in a greater decline in the market price of the common shares;

• when the Fund uses financial leverage, the investment management fees payable to the Adviser and the subadvisory fees payable by the Adviser to the Subadviser are higher than if the Fund did not use leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser, on the one hand, and common shareholders, on the other; and

• leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return.

The use of leverage requires the Fund to segregate assets to cover its obligations (or, if the Fund borrows money or issues Preferred Shares, to maintain asset coverage in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act). While the segregated assets are invested in liquid securities, they may not be used for other operational purposes. Consequently, the use of leverage may limit the Fund’s flexibility and may require that the Fund sell other portfolio investments to pay Fund expenses, to maintain assets in an amount sufficient to cover the Fund’s leveraged exposure or to meet other obligations at a time when it may be disadvantageous to sell such assets. See also “—Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk” and “Use of Leverage.”

The funds borrowed pursuant to a borrowing program (such as the USB Facility) or obtained through the issuance of Preferred Shares constitute a substantial lien and burden by reason of their prior claim against the income of the Fund and against the net assets of the Fund in liquidation. The rights of lenders to receive payments of interest on and repayments of principal of any borrowings made by the Fund under a borrowing program are senior to the rights of common shareholders and the holders of Preferred Shares with respect to the payment of dividends or upon liquidation. Certain types of leverage may result in the Fund being subject to covenants relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition and may impose special restrictions on the Fund’s use of various investment techniques or strategies or in its ability to pay dividends and other distributions on common shares in certain instances. The Fund may not be permitted to declare dividends or other distributions, including dividends and distributions with respect to common shares or Preferred Shares, or purchase common shares or Preferred Shares, unless, at the time thereof, the Fund meets these asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements and no event of default exists under any borrowing program. In addition, the Fund may not be permitted to pay dividends on common shares unless all dividends on the Preferred Shares and/or accrued interest on borrowings have been paid or set aside for payment. In an event of default under a borrowing program, the lenders may have the right to cause a liquidation of collateral (i.e., sell assets of the Fund) and, if any such default is not cured, the lenders may be able to control the liquidation as well. The Fund also may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for the Preferred Shares or other leverage securities issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or Fund composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act.

The loan documents under the USB Facility include provisions that restrict the Fund’s ability to pledge its assets and contain customary events of default including failure of the Fund to meet the asset coverage test of the 1940 Act. There is no assurance that the Fund will not violate financial covenants relating to financial leverage in the future. In such event, the Fund may be required to repay all outstanding borrowings immediately. In order to repay such amounts, the Fund may be required to sell assets quickly which could have a material adverse effect on the Fund and could trigger negative tax implications. In addition, the Fund would be precluded from declaring or paying any distribution on the common shares during the continuance of such event of default.

55 

Leverage risk would also apply to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds to the extent an Underlying Fund uses leverage.

The issuance of Common Shares offered by this Prospectus and any related prospectus supplement will enable the Fund to increase the aggregate amount of its leverage. However, it is possible that the Fund will be unable to obtain additional leverage. If the Fund is unable to increase its financial leverage after the issuance of additional Common Shares pursuant to this Prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, there could be an adverse impact on the return to common shareholders.

Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk

The Adviser, the Subadviser and the portfolio managers of the Fund have interests which may conflict with the interests of the Fund. In particular, the Adviser and the Subadviser each manages and/or advises other investment funds or accounts with the same or similar investment objective and strategies as the Fund. As a result, the Adviser, the Subadviser and the Fund’s portfolio managers may devote unequal time and attention to the management of the Fund and those other funds and accounts, and may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities as might be the case if they were to devote substantially more attention to the management of the Fund. The Adviser, the Subadviser and the Fund’s portfolio managers may identify a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and accounts, and the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds and accounts, which may limit the Fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity. Additionally, transaction orders may be aggregated for multiple accounts for purpose of execution, which may cause the price or brokerage costs to be less favorable to the Fund than if similar transactions were not being executed concurrently for other accounts. Furthermore, it is theoretically possible that a portfolio manager could use the information obtained from managing a fund or account to the advantage of other funds or accounts under management, and also theoretically possible that actions could be taken (or not taken) to the detriment of the Fund. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and accounts. For example, a portfolio manager may determine that it would be in the interest of another account to sell a security that the Fund holds, potentially resulting in a decrease in the market value of the security held by the Fund.

Conflicts potentially limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities may also arise when the Fund and other clients of the Adviser or Subadviser invest in, or even conduct research relating to, different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when the Fund owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer. In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest. In order to minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other clients of the Adviser or Subadviser (as applicable) or result in the Adviser or Subadviser receiving material, non-public information, or the Adviser and Subadviser may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities. Additionally, if the Adviser or Subadviser acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager or other investment personnel may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling certain securities for the Fund or other clients.

56 

The portfolio managers also may engage in cross trades between funds and accounts, may select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions based in part on brokerage and research services provided to the Adviser or the Subadviser which may not benefit all funds and accounts equally and may receive different amounts of financial or other benefits for managing different funds and accounts. Finally, the Adviser, the Subadviser and their affiliates may provide more services to some types of funds and accounts than others.

The Fund, Adviser and/or Subadviser (as applicable) have adopted policies and procedures that address the foregoing potential conflicts of interest, including policies and procedures to address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all accounts of the Adviser and Subadviser are treated equitably. There is no guarantee that the policies and procedures adopted by the Adviser, the Subadviser and the Fund will be able to identify or mitigate the conflicts of interest that arise between the Fund and any other investment funds or accounts that the Adviser and/or the Subadviser may manage or advise from time to time. For further information on potential conflicts of interest, see “Management of the Fund—Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.

In addition, while the Fund is using leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser (and by the Adviser to the Subadviser) for investment advisory and management services are higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid are calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, which include assets purchased with leverage. Therefore, the Adviser and the Subadviser have a financial incentive to leverage the Fund, which creates a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser on the one hand and the common shareholders of the Fund on the other.

Contingent Conversion Risk

The Fund will bear the costs associated with calling a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company. In the event of conversion to an open-end management investment company, the shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange, and such shares would thereafter be redeemable at the Fund’s net asset value at the option of the shareholder, rather than traded in the secondary market at market price, which, for closed-end fund shares, may at times be at a premium to the Fund’s net asset value. Any borrowings (other than borrowings from a bank) or preferred stock of the Fund would need to be repaid or redeemed upon conversion and, accordingly, a portion of the Fund’s portfolio may need to be liquidated, potentially resulting in, among other things, lower current income. In addition, open-end management investment companies may be subject to continuous asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management and limit the Fund’s ability to make certain types of investments. As a result, the Fund may incur increased expenses and may be required to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times in order to accommodate such flows. See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”

Risks Associated with Offerings of Additional Common Shares

The voting power of current common shareholders will be diluted to the extent that current common shareholders do not purchase Common Shares in any future offerings of Common Shares or do not purchase sufficient Common Shares to maintain their percentage interest. If the Fund is unable to invest the proceeds of such offering as intended, the Fund’s per common share distribution may decrease and the Fund may not participate in market advances to the same extent as if such proceeds were fully invested as planned. Were the expenses of the offering to exceed the amount by which the sale price exceeded the Fund’s then current net asset value per common share, shareholders would experience a dilution of the aggregate net asset value per common share. This dilution would be experienced by all common shareholders, irrespective of whether they purchased Common Shares in any such offering.

57 

Risks Associated with Offering Preferred Shares

In the event any additional series of fixed rate preferred shares are issued and such shares are intended to be listed on an exchange, prior application will have been made to list such shares on an exchange. During an initial period, which is not expected to exceed 30 days after the date of its initial issuance, such shares may not be listed on any securities exchange. During such period, the underwriters may make a market in such shares, although they will have no obligation to do so. Consequently, an investment in such shares may be illiquid during such period. Fixed rate preferred shares may trade at a premium to or discount from liquidation value for various reasons, including changes in interest rates, perceived credit quality and other factors.

Risks of Issuing Rights

There are risks associated with an offering of Rights (in addition to the risks discussed herein related to the offering of Common Shares and Preferred Shares). Shareholders who do not exercise their Rights may, at the completion of such an offering, own a smaller proportional interest in the Fund than if they exercised their Rights. As a result of such an offering, a shareholder may experience dilution in net asset value per share if the subscription price per share is below the net asset value per share on the expiration date. If the subscription price per share is below the net asset value per share of the Fund’s shares on the expiration date, a shareholder will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of such shareholder’s shares if the shareholder does not participate in such an offering and the shareholder will experience a reduction in the net asset value per share of such shareholder’s shares whether or not the shareholder participates in such an offering. Such a reduction in net asset value per share may have the effect of reducing the market price of the shares. The Fund cannot state precisely the extent of this dilution (if any) if the shareholder does not exercise such shareholder’s Rights because the Fund does not know what the net asset value per share will be when the offer expires or what proportion of the Rights will be exercised. If the subscription price is substantially less than the then current net asset value per share at the expiration of a Rights offering, such dilution could be substantial. Any such dilution or accretion will depend upon whether (i) such shareholders participate in the Rights offering, and (ii) the Fund’s net asset value per share is above or below the subscription price on the expiration date of the Rights offering.

In addition to the economic dilution described above, if a shareholder does not exercise all of their Rights, the shareholder will incur voting dilution as a result of the Rights offering. This voting dilution will occur because the shareholder will own a smaller proportionate interest in the Fund after the Rights offering than prior to the Rights offering.

There is a risk that changes in market conditions may result in the underlying Common Shares or Preferred Shares purchasable upon exercise of Rights being less attractive to investors at the conclusion of the subscription period. This may reduce or eliminate the value of the Rights. If investors exercise only a portion of the Rights, the number of Common Shares or Preferred Shares issued may be reduced, and the shares may trade at less favorable prices than larger offerings for similar securities.

Rights issued by the Fund may be transferable or non-transferable rights. In a non-transferable Rights offering, common and/or preferred shareholders who do not wish to exercise their Rights will be unable to sell their Rights. In a transferable Rights offering, the Fund will use its best efforts to ensure an adequate trading market for the Rights; however, investors may find that there is no market to sell Rights they do not wish to exercise.

Cyber Security Risk

With the increased use of the Internet and because information technology (“IT”) systems and digital data underlie most of the Fund’s operations, the Fund and the Adviser, Subadviser, transfer agent, and other service providers and the vendors of each (collectively “Service Providers”) are exposed to the risk that their operations and data may be compromised as a result of internal and external cyber-failures, breaches or attacks (“Cyber Risk”). This could occur as a result of malicious or criminal cyber-attacks. Cyber-attacks include actions taken to: (i) steal or corrupt data maintained online or digitally, (ii) gain unauthorized access to or release confidential information, (iii) shut down the Fund or Service Provider website through denial-of-service attacks, or (iv) otherwise disrupt normal business operations. However, events arising from human error, faulty or inadequately implemented policies and procedures or other systems failures unrelated to any external cyber-threat may have effects similar to those caused by deliberate cyber-attacks.

58 

Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its Service Providers may adversely impact the Fund or its shareholders or cause an investment in the Fund to lose value. For instance, such attacks, failures or other events may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Fund information, impede trading, or cause reputational damage. Such attacks, failures or other events could also subject the Fund or its Service Providers to regulatory fines, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. Insurance protection and contractual indemnification provisions may be insufficient to cover these losses. The Fund or its Service Providers may also incur significant costs to manage and control Cyber Risk. While the Fund and its Service Providers have established IT and data security programs and have in place business continuity plans and other systems designed to prevent losses and mitigate Cyber Risk, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that cyber-attacks may be highly sophisticated.

Cyber Risk is also present for issuers of securities or other instruments in which the Fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause a Fund’s investment in such issuers to lose value.

Confidential Information Access Risk

The Fund is subject to the risk that the intentional or unintentional receipt of material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) by the Adviser or Subadviser could limit the Fund’s ability to sell certain investments held by the Fund or pursue certain investment opportunities on behalf of the Fund, potentially for a substantial period of time. Also, certain issuers of floating rate loans or other investments may not have any publicly traded securities and may offer private information pursuant to confidentiality agreements or similar arrangements. The Subadviser may access such private information, while recognizing that the receipt of that information could potentially limit the Fund’s ability to trade in certain securities, including if the issuer of such floating rate loans or other investments later issues publicly traded securities. In addition, in circumstances when the Subadviser declines to receive Confidential Information from issuers of floating rate loans or other investments, the Fund may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to evaluating the issuer and the price the Fund would pay or receive when it buys or sells those investments, and the Fund may not take advantage of investment opportunities that it otherwise might have if it had received such Confidential Information. In managing the Fund, the Subadviser may seek to avoid the receipt of Confidential Information about the issuers of floating rate loans or other investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio if the receipt of the Confidential Information would restrict one or more of the Subadviser’s clients, including, potentially, the Fund, from trading in securities they hold or in which they may invest.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Maryland law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status, including the adoption of a staggered Board of Directors and the supermajority voting requirements discussed herein. These provisions could deprive the holders of common shares of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over the then current market price of the common shares or at net asset value. See “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws and of Maryland Law.” This risk would also apply to many of the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds.

59 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Board of Directors

The Fund’s Board of Directors has overall responsibility for management of the Fund. The Board of Directors decides upon matters of general policy and generally oversees the actions of the Adviser, the Subadviser and the other service providers of the Fund. The name and business address of the Board of Directors and officers of the Fund, and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, are set forth under “Board Members and Officers” in the SAI.

Investment Adviser

RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (“RiverNorth” or the “Adviser”), a registered investment adviser, is the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy, managing the Fund’s business affairs and providing certain administrative services. The Adviser is also responsible for determining the Fund’s overall investment strategy and overseeing its implementation. Subject to the ranges noted above, the Adviser determines the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations. RiverNorth, founded in 2000, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of RiverNorth Financial Holdings LLC and is located at 325 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654. As of June 30, 2019, RiverNorth managed approximately $3.8 billion for registered open-end management investment companies, registered closed-end management investment companies and private investment vehicles. See “Management of the Fund” in the SAI.

Subadviser

DoubleLine® Capital LP is the Fund’s subadviser and is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy. Founded in 2009, the Subadviser is located at 333 South Grand Avenue, 18th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071. The Subadviser is registered with the SEC and as of June 30, 2019, manages approximately $140 billion for individuals and institutions. The Subadviser was founded by Jeffrey E. Gundlach in December 2009.

Portfolio Management

Patrick W. Galley, CFA is a co-portfolio manager of the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy for the Fund. Mr. Galley is the Chief Investment Officer for the Adviser. Mr. Galley heads the Adviser’s research and investment team and oversees all portfolio management activities at the Adviser. Mr. Galley also serves as the President and Chairman of the RiverNorth Funds, a mutual fund complex for which RiverNorth serves as the investment adviser. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2004, he was most recently a Vice President at Bank of America in the Global Investment Bank’s Portfolio Management group, where he specialized in analyzing and structuring corporate transactions for investment management firms in addition to closed-end and open-end funds, hedge funds, funds of funds, structured investment vehicles and insurance/reinsurance companies. Mr. Galley graduated with honors from Rochester Institute of Technology with a B.S. in Finance. He has received the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) designation, is a member of the CFA Institute and is a member of the CFA Society of Chicago.

Stephen O’Neill, CFA is a co-portfolio manager of the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy for the Fund. Mr. O’Neill conducts qualitative and quantitative analysis of closed-end funds and their respective asset classes at RiverNorth. Prior to joining RiverNorth Capital in 2007, Mr. O’Neill was most recently an Assistant Vice President at Bank of America in the Global Investment Bank’s Portfolio Management group. At Bank of America, he specialized in the corporate real estate, asset management, and structured finance industries. Mr. O’Neill graduated magna cum laude from Miami University in Oxford, Ohio with a B.S. in Finance. Mr. O’Neill has received the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) designation, is a member of the CFA Institute, and is a member of the CFA Society of Chicago.

60 

Jeffrey E. Gundlach is a co-portfolio manager of the Opportunistic Income Strategy for the Fund. Mr. Gundlach is the founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Subadviser. He is also the Chairman of the Subadviser’s Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee. Mr. Gundlach is a graduate of Dartmouth College, summa cum laude, with degrees in Mathematics and Philosophy. He attended Yale University as a Ph.D. candidate in Mathematics.

Jeffrey J. Sherman is a co-portfolio manager of the Opportunistic Income Strategy for the Fund. Mr. Sherman joined the Subadviser in December 2009. He is the Deputy Chief Investment Officer, participates on the Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee and is a portfolio manager for derivative-based and multi-asset strategies. Mr. Sherman holds a B.S. in Applied Mathematics from the University of the Pacific and an M.S. in Financial Engineering from the Claremont Graduate University. He is a CFA charterholder.

The Fund’s SAI provides information about the compensation received by the portfolio managers of the Fund, other accounts that they manage and their ownership of the Fund’s equity securities.

Investment Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements

Pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for managing the Fund’s affairs, subject at all times to the general oversight of the Fund’s Board of Directors. The Fund has agreed to pay the Adviser a management fee payable on a monthly basis at the annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets for the services it provides.

In addition to the fees of the Adviser, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including, but not limited to, compensation of its directors (other than those affiliated with the Adviser or the Subadviser), custodial expenses, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of any leverage, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.

Pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement, the Adviser has delegated daily management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy to the Subadviser, who is paid by the Adviser and not the Fund. The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay the Subadviser a subadvisory fee payable on a monthly basis at the annual rate of 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets for the service it provides.

Because the fees received by the Adviser and the Subadviser are based on the Managed Assets of the Fund, the Adviser and the Subadviser have a financial incentive for the Fund to use leverage, which may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser, on the one hand, and common shareholders, on the other. Because leverage costs are borne by the Fund at a specified interest rate, the Fund’s investment management fees and other expenses, including expenses incurred as a result of any leverage, are paid only by common shareholders and not by holders of Preferred Shares or through borrowings. See “Use of Leverage.”

A discussion of the basis for the Board of Directors’ renewals of the Fund’s Investment Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements will be provided in the Fund’s annual (or semi-annual) shareholder reports.

61 

In addition, under a License Agreement, the Subadviser has consented to the use by the Fund of the identifying word or name “DoubleLine” in the name of the Fund, and to the use of certain associated trademarks in accordance with the terms of the License Agreement. Such consent is conditioned upon the employment of the Subadviser or a designated affiliate or related party thereof as investment subadviser to the Fund under the Subadvisory Agreement.

The license will continue until the expiration or termination of the Subadvisory Agreement, or until earlier terminated pursuant to the License Agreement. If at any time the Fund ceases to employ the Subadviser or a designated affiliate or related party as investment subadviser of the Fund under the Subadvisory Agreement, the Fund will be required to cease using the word or name “DoubleLine” in the name of the Fund, and cease making use of the associated trademarks, as set forth in the License Agreement.

NET ASSET VALUE

Net asset value per share (“NAV”) is determined daily as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). Net asset value is calculated by dividing the value of all of the securities and other assets of the Fund, less the liabilities (including accrued expenses and indebtedness) and the aggregate liquidation value of any outstanding Preferred Shares, by the total number of common shares outstanding.

The Fund’s assets, including its investments in Underlying Funds, are generally valued at their market value using market quotations. The Fund may use independent pricing services to provide market quotations. Prices obtained from independent pricing services use various observable inputs, including, but not limited to, information provided by broker-dealers, pricing formulas, such as dividend discount models, option valuation formulas, estimates of market values obtained from yield data relating to investments or securities with similar characteristics and discounted cash flow models that might be applicable. If a market valuation for a security is unavailable or deemed to be an unreliable indicator of current market value, the Fund will seek to obtain a broker quote from an external data vendor or directly from broker-dealers. Certain fixed income securities purchased on a delayed delivery basis are marked-to-market daily until settlement at the forward settlement date. Short-term investments having a maturity of 60 days or less are generally valued at amortized cost; however, securities with a demand feature exercisable within seven days are generally valued at par. Exchange-traded options, futures and options on futures are valued at the settlement price determined by the relevant exchange. If market quotations are not available or, in the Adviser or Subadviser’s opinion, market quotations do not reflect market value, or if an event occurs after the close of trading on the domestic or foreign exchange or market on which the security is principally traded (but prior to the time the NAV is calculated) that materially affects market value, the security will be valued at fair value according to policies approved by the Fund’s Board of Directors. For example, if trading in a portfolio security is halted and does not resume before the Fund calculates its NAV, the security may need to be fair valued using the Fund’s fair value pricing policies. Fair valuation involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security may differ materially from the value that could be realized upon the sale of the security. The Fund invests in Underlying Funds. The Fund’s NAV is calculated based, in part, upon the market prices of the Underlying Funds in its portfolio, and the prospectuses of those companies explain the circumstances under which they will use fair value pricing and the effects of doing so.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Fund’s Board of Directors has approved, and the Fund has implemented as of January 1, 2019, a level distribution policy (the “Level Distribution Policy). Under the Level Distribution Policy, the Fund intends to make monthly distributions to common shareholders at a constant and fixed (but not guaranteed) rate (which is annually reset) equal to 12.5% of the average of the Fund’s NAV per share (the “Distribution Amount”) as reported for the final five trading days of the preceding calendar year. The Board may amend the Level Distribution Policy, the Distribution Amount or distribution intervals, or the Fund may cease distributions entirely, at any time, without prior notice to common shareholders. The Fund’s intention under the Level Distribution Policy is that monthly distributions paid to common shareholders throughout a calendar year will be at least equal to the Distribution Amount (plus any additional amounts that may be required to be included in a distribution for federal or excise tax purposes).

62 

Under the Level Distribution Policy, to the extent that sufficient investment income is not available on a monthly basis, the Fund’s distributions could consist of return of capital in order to maintain the distribution rate. The amount treated as a return of capital will reduce a shareholder’s adjusted basis in the shareholder’s shares, thereby increasing the potential gain or reducing the potential loss on the sale of shares. Investors should not make any conclusions about the Fund’s investment performance from the amount of the Fund’s distributions or from the terms of the Fund’s Level Distribution Policy. Dividends and distributions may be payable in cash or common shares, with shareholders having the option to receive additional common shares in lieu of cash. The Fund may at times, in its discretion, pay out less than the entire amount of net investment income earned in any particular period and may at times pay out such accumulated undistributed income in addition to net investment income earned in other periods in order to permit the Fund to maintain a more stable level of distributions. As a result, the dividend paid by the Fund to common shareholders for any particular period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income earned by the Fund during such period. The Fund’s ability to maintain a stable level of distributions to shareholders will depend on a number of factors, including the stability of income received from its investments. The amount of monthly distributions could vary depending on a number of factors, including the costs of any leverage. As portfolio and market conditions change, the amount of dividends on the Fund’s common shares could change. For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is required to distribute substantially all of its net investment income each year to both reduce its federal income tax liability and to avoid a potential federal excise tax. The Fund intends to distribute all realized net capital gains, if any, at least annually

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such incurrence the Fund has an asset coverage of at least 300% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of indebtedness. Additionally, under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not declare any dividend or other distribution upon any class of its capital shares, or purchase any such capital shares, unless the aggregate indebtedness of the Fund has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 300% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be.

While any Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Fund may not declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares, unless at the time of such declaration, (i) all accumulated preferred dividends have been paid and (ii) the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (expected to be equal to the original purchase price per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon).

In addition to the limitations imposed by the 1940 Act described above, certain lenders may impose additional restrictions on the payment of dividends or distributions on the common shares in the event of a default on the Fund’s borrowings. If the Fund’s ability to make distributions on its common shares is limited, such limitations could, under certain circumstances, impair the ability of the Fund to maintain its qualification for federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company, which would have adverse tax consequences for shareholders. See “Use of Leverage” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”

63 

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

The Fund has a dividend reinvestment plan commonly referred to as an “opt-out” plan. Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (the “Plan Administrator”), all dividends declared on common shares will be automatically reinvested by the Plan Administrator for shareholders in the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), in additional common shares. Common shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the common shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by the Plan Administrator as dividend disbursing agent. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by notice if received and processed by the Plan Administrator prior to the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Such notice will be effective with respect to a particular dividend or other distribution (together, a “Dividend”). Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on behalf of common shareholders and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares. Reinvested Dividends will increase the Fund’s Managed Assets on which the management fee is payable to the Adviser (and by the Adviser to the Subadviser).

Whenever the Fund declares a Dividend payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized common shares from the Fund (“Newly Issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common shares on the open market (“Open-Market Purchases”) on the NYSE or elsewhere. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the closing market price plus estimated brokerage commissions per common share is equal to or greater than the net asset value per common share, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares on behalf of the participants. The number of Newly Issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Dividend by the Fund’s net asset value per common share on the payment date. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the net asset value per common share is greater than the closing market value plus estimated brokerage commissions (i.e., the Fund’s common shares are trading at a discount), the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the participants in Open-Market Purchases.

In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any Dividend, the Plan Administrator will have until the last business day before the next date on which the common shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the payment date for such Dividend, whichever is sooner (the “Last Purchase Date”), to invest the Dividend amount in common shares acquired in Open-Market Purchases. It is contemplated that the Fund will pay monthly income Dividends. If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its Open-Market Purchases, the market price per common share exceeds the net asset value per common share, the average per common share purchase price paid by the Plan Administrator may exceed the net asset value of the common shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer common shares than if the Dividend had been paid in Newly Issued Common Shares on the Dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to Open-Market Purchases, the Plan provides that if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full Dividend amount in Open-Market Purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making Open-Market Purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares at the net asset value per common share at the close of business on the Last Purchase Date.

The Plan Administrator maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.

64 

Beneficial owners of common shares who hold their common shares in the name of a broker or nominee should contact the broker or nominee to determine whether and how they may participate in the Plan. In the case of common shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Administrator will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.

There will be no brokerage charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Fund. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with Open-Market Purchases. The automatic reinvestment of Dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such Dividends, even though such participants have not received any cash with which to pay the resulting tax. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters” below. Participants that request a sale of common shares through the Plan Administrator are subject to brokerage commissions.

The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.

All correspondence or questions concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND’S SECURITIES

The following summary of the terms of the common shares of the Fund does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Maryland General Corporation Law, and to the Fund’s Charter and the Fund’s Bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.

The Fund’s authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which is initially classified as common shares.

In general, shareholders or subscribers for the Fund’s stock have no personal liability for the debts and obligations of the Fund because of their status as shareholders or subscribers, except to the extent that the subscription price or other agreed consideration for the stock has not been paid.

Under the Fund’s Charter, the Board of Directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock and authorize the issuance of shares of stock without obtaining shareholder approval. Also, the Fund’s Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board, but without any action by the shareholders of the Fund, may amend the Fund’s Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock of the Fund or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Fund has authority to issue.

Common Stock

The Fund’s common shares have no preemptive, conversion, exchange, appraisal or redemption rights, and each share has equal voting, dividend, distribution and liquidation rights.

65 

Common shareholders are entitled to receive dividends if and when the Board of Directors declares dividends from funds legally available. Whenever Fund Preferred Shares or borrowings are outstanding, common shareholders will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Fund unless all accrued dividends on the Preferred Shares and interest and principal payments on borrowings have been paid, and unless the applicable asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act would be satisfied after giving effect to the distribution as described above.

In the event of the Fund’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, common shares would be entitled to share ratably in all of the Fund’s assets that are legally available for distribution after the Fund pays all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of Preferred Shares, if any Preferred Shares are outstanding at such time.

Common shareholders are entitled to one vote per share. All voting rights for the election of directors are noncumulative, which means that, assuming there are no Preferred Shares are outstanding, the holders of more than 50% of the common shares will elect 100% of the directors then nominated for election if they choose to do so and, in such event, the holders of the remaining common shares will not be able to elect any Directors.

The Fund’s Charter authorizes the Board of Directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock into other classes or series of stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the Board of Directors is required by Maryland law and by the Fund’s Charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of common shares with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for common shareholders or otherwise be in their best interest. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Fund has no plans to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common stock.

The currently outstanding common shares are, and the Common Shares offered in this Prospectus will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the NYSE under the trading or “ticker” symbol “OPP.” Under the rules of the NYSE applicable to listed companies, the Fund is required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders in each year. As of June 30, 2019, the Fund had 11,013787 common shares outstanding.

The provisions of the 1940 Act generally require that the public offering price (less underwriting commissions and discounts) of common shares sold by a closed-end investment company must equal or exceed the net asset value of such company’s common shares (calculated within 48 hours of the pricing of such offering), unless such a sale is made in connection with an offering to existing holders of shares of common stock or with the consent of a majority of its common stockholders. The Fund may, from time to time, seek the consent of common shareholders to permit the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below the Fund’s then-current net asset value, subject to certain conditions. If such consent is obtained, the Fund may, contemporaneous with and in no event more than one year following the receipt of such consent, sell Common Shares at a price below net asset value in accordance with any conditions adopted in connection with the giving of such consent. Additional information regarding any consent of common shareholders obtained by the Fund and the applicable conditions imposed on the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below net asset value will be disclosed in the prospectus supplement relating to any such offering of Common Shares at a price below net asset value. See also “—Subscription Rights” below.

Preferred Stock

The Fund’s Charter authorizes the Board of Directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock, including Preferred Shares, without the approval of common shareholders. Prior to issuance of any shares of Preferred Shares, the Board of Directors is required by Maryland law and by the Fund’s Charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for such shares. Thus, the Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of Preferred Shares with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for common shareholders or otherwise be in their best interest. The prospectus supplement for any potential offering of preferred shares will describe the terms and conditions of those shares, including information regarding the liquidation preference, distribution rate, any optional or mandatory redemption provisions, and whether the preferred shares are convertible into common shares. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Fund has not issued any Preferred Shares.

66 

Any issuance of Preferred Shares must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. Specifically, the Fund is not permitted under the 1940 Act to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after such issuance the total asset value of the Fund’s portfolio is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares. Among other requirements, including other voting rights, the 1940 Act requires that the holders of any Preferred Shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two directors at all times. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any Preferred Shares would have the right to elect a majority of the Fund’s directors at any time two years’ dividends on any Preferred Shares are unpaid.

Preferred Shares of the Fund would be senior to the common shares with respect to the payment of dividends and the distributions of the assets of the Fund upon liquidation. In addition, all Preferred Shares of the Fund would be pari passu with one another and junior to the Fund’s senior securities representing indebtedness. See “Use of Leverage”.

The applicable prospectus supplement will set forth whether or not the shares of the Fund’s preferred stock offered in this Prospectus will be listed or traded on any securities exchange. If the shares of the Fund’s preferred stock are not listed on a securities exchange, there may be no active secondary trading market for such shares and an investment in such shares may be illiquid.

Subscription Rights

The Fund may issue Rights to (i) common shareholders to purchase Common Shares and/or Preferred Shares or (ii) preferred shareholders to purchase Preferred Shares (subject to applicable law). Rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered Security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the Rights. In connection with a Rights offering to common and/or preferred shareholders, the Fund would distribute certificates evidencing the Rights and a prospectus supplement, containing all of the material terms of the Rights agreement relating to such Rights (the “Subscription Rights Agreement”), to the Fund’s common or preferred shareholders, as applicable, as of the record date that the Fund sets for determining the shareholders eligible to receive Rights in such Rights offering. For complete terms of the Rights, please refer to the actual terms of such Rights which will be set forth in the Subscription Rights Agreement.

The applicable prospectus supplement would describe the following terms of Rights in respect of which this Prospectus is being delivered:

• the period of time the offering would remain open (which will be open a minimum number of days such that all record holders would be eligible to participate in the offering and will not be open longer than 120 days);

• the title of such subscription Rights;

• the exercise price for such Rights (or method of calculation thereof);

67 

• the number of such Rights issued in respect of each common share;

• the number of Rights required to purchase a single preferred share;

• the extent to which such Rights are transferable and the market on which they may be traded if they are transferable;

• if applicable, a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such Rights;

• the date on which the right to exercise such Rights will commence, and the date on which such right will expire (subject to any extension);

• the extent to which such Rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities and the terms of such over-subscription privilege;

• any termination right the Fund may have in connection with such Rights offering;

• the expected trading market, if any, for Rights; and

• any other terms of such Rights, including exercise, settlement and other procedures and limitations relating to the transfer and exercise of such Rights.

Exercise of Rights. Each Right would entitle the holder of the Right to purchase for cash such number of shares at such exercise price as in each case is set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the Rights offered thereby. Rights would be exercisable at any time up to the close of business on the expiration date for such Rights set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised Rights would become void.

Upon expiration of the Rights offering and the receipt of payment and the Rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the Rights agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement, the Fund would issue, as soon as practicable, the shares purchased as a result of such exercise. To the extent permissible under applicable law, the Fund may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered Securities directly to persons other than shareholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Subscription Rights to Purchase Common and Preferred Stock

The Fund may issue Rights which would entitle holders to purchase both Common Shares and Preferred Shares in a ratio to be set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. In accordance with the 1940 Act, at least three subscription rights to purchase Common Shares would be required to subscribe for one Common Share. It is expected that Rights to purchase both Common Shares and Preferred Shares would require holders to purchase an equal number of Common Shares and Preferred Shares, and would not permit holders to purchase an unequal number of Common Shares or Preferred Shares, or purchase only Common Shares or only Preferred Shares. For example, such an offering might be structured such that three Rights would entitle an investor to purchase one Common Share and one Preferred Share, and such investor would not be able to choose to purchase only a Common Share or only a Preferred Share upon the exercise of his, her or its Rights.

The Common Shares and Preferred Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of any such Rights, however, would at all times be separately tradeable securities. Such Common Shares and Preferred Shares would not be issued as a “unit” or “combination” and would not be listed or traded as a “unit” or “combination” on a securities exchange, such as the NYSE, at any time. The applicable prospectus supplement will set forth additional details regarding an offering of Rights to purchase Common Shares and Preferred Shares.

68 

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE FUND’S CHARTER AND BYLAWS AND OF MARYLAND LAW

The following summary of certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) and of the Charter and Bylaws of the Fund does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Maryland General Corporation Law, and to the Fund’s Charter and the Fund’s Bylaws, copies of which are exhibits to the Registration Statement.

General

The MGCL and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, to cause it to engage in certain transactions or to modify its structure.

These provisions could have the effect of depriving common shareholders of an opportunity to sell their common shares by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. On the other hand, these provisions may require persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with the Fund’s management regarding the price to be paid for the common shares required to obtain such control, promote continuity and stability and enhance the Fund’s ability to pursue long-term strategies that are consistent with its investment objective.

The Board of Directors has concluded that the potential benefits of these provisions outweigh their possible disadvantages.

Classified Board of Directors

The Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. The initial terms of the first, second and third classes will expire at the first, second and third annual meetings of shareholders, respectively, and, in each case, until their successors are duly elected and qualify. Upon expiration of their terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify and at each annual meeting one class of directors will be elected by the shareholders. A classified Board of Directors promotes continuity and stability of management but makes it more difficult for shareholders to change a majority of the directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur. The Fund believes that classification of the Board of Directors will help to assure the continuity and stability of the Fund’s strategies and policies as determined by the Board of Directors.

Election of Directors

The MGCL provides that, unless the charter or bylaws of a corporation provide otherwise, which the Fund’s Charter and the Fund’s Bylaws do not, a plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

Number of Directors; Vacancies

The Fund’s Charter provides that the number of directors will be set only by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Bylaws. The Bylaws provide that a majority of the Fund’s entire Board of Directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that there may be no fewer than three directors and no more than 12 directors.

69 

The Fund’s Charter provides that the Fund elects, at such time as the Fund becomes eligible to make such an election (i.e., when the Fund has at least three independent directors and the common shares are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL regarding the filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors. Accordingly, at such time, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Shares, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.

Removal of Directors

The Fund’s Charter provides that, subject to the rights of the holders of one or more class or series of Preferred Shares to elect or remove directors, a director may be removed from office only for cause (as defined in the Charter) and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors.

Absence of Cumulative Voting

There is no cumulative voting in the election of the Fund’s directors. Cumulative voting means that holders of stock of a corporation are entitled, in the election of directors, to cast a number of votes equal to the number of shares that they own multiplied by the number of directors to be elected. Because a shareholder entitled to cumulative voting may cast all of his or her votes for one nominee or disperse his or her votes among nominees as he or she chooses, cumulative voting is generally considered to increase the ability of minority shareholders to elect nominees to a corporation’s Board of Directors. In general, the absence of cumulative voting means that the holders of a majority of the Fund’s shares can elect all of the directors then standing for election and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.

Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Actions

The Fund’s Charter requires the favorable vote of two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors and the favorable vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the common shares and Preferred Shares (if any) entitled to be voted on the matter, voting together as a single class, to advise, approve, adopt or authorize the following:

• a “Business Combination,” which includes the following:

o a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange of the Fund with or into another person;

o an issuance or transfer by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12-month period) of any securities of the Fund to any person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding issuances or transfers of debt securities of the Fund, sales of securities of the Fund in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the Fund pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Fund, issuances of securities of the Fund upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Fund and portfolio transactions effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of business; or

o a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12-month period) to or with any person or entity of any assets of the Fund having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more except for portfolio transactions (including pledges of portfolio securities in connection with borrowings) effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of its business;

70 

• the voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Fund or charter amendment to terminate the Fund’s existence;

• the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end company to an open-end company (except pursuant to the contingent conversion feature described above), and any amendments necessary to effect the conversion; or

• unless the 1940 Act or federal law requires a lesser vote, any shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Fund’s assets as to which shareholder approval is required under federal or Maryland law.

However, the common shareholder vote described above will not be required with respect to the foregoing transactions (other than those as to which common shareholder approval is required under federal or Maryland law) if they are approved by a vote of two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as defined below). In that case, if Maryland law requires common shareholder approval, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by common shareholders of the Fund will be required. In addition, if the Fund has any Preferred Shares outstanding, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares voting separately as a class, would be required under the 1940 Act to adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the holders of the Preferred Shares, to convert the Fund to an open-end investment company or to deviate from any of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies.

“Continuing Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is not an Interested Party (as defined below) or an affiliate of an Interested Party and has been a member of the Board of Directors for a period of at least 12 months, or has been a member of the Board of Directors since August 17, 2016, or is a successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with an Interested Party and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors.

“Interested Party” means any person, other than an investment company advised by the Adviser or any of its affiliates, which enters, or proposes to enter, into a Business Combination with the Fund.

In addition, the Fund’s Charter requires the favorable vote of two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors to advise, approve, adopt or authorize any of the following:

• the election and removal of officers;

• the nomination of candidates to the Board of Directors (including the election of directors to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from the increase in size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director, in which case the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office shall be required);

• the creation of and delegation of authority and appointment of members to committees of the Board of Directors;

• amendments to the Fund’s Bylaws (which may only be effected by the Board of Directors, not the common shareholders);

71 

• Charter amendments (except for the provisions relating to the contingent conversion feature described above) and any other action requiring common shareholder approval; and

• entering into, terminating or amending an investment advisory agreement.

The Board of Directors has determined that the foregoing supermajority requirements applicable to certain votes of the directors and the common shareholders, which are greater than the minimum requirements permitted under Maryland law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interests of the Fund. Reference should be made to the Charter on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions. See also “Conversion to Open-End Fund.”

Action by Shareholders

Under the MGCL, common shareholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of common shareholders or, unless the charter provides for common shareholder action by less than unanimous written consent (which is not the case in the Fund’s Charter), by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. These provisions, combined with the requirements of the Fund’s Bylaws regarding the calling of a common shareholder-requested special meeting, as discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a common shareholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

Procedures for Shareholder Nominations and Proposals

The Fund’s Bylaws provide that any common shareholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of common shareholders must comply with the advance notice provisions of the Bylaws. Nominations and proposals that fail to follow the prescribed procedures will not be considered. The Board of Directors believes that it is in the Fund’s best interests to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to common shareholders information about a slate of nominations for directors or proposals for new business. This advance notice requirement also may give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any slate of nominations should management determine that doing so is in the best interest of common shareholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of common shareholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the common shareholders that such proposals be adopted. For common shareholder proposals to be included in the Fund’s proxy materials, the common shareholder must comply with all timing and information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Calling of Special Meetings of Shareholders

The Fund’s Bylaws provide that special meetings of common shareholders may be called by the Board of Directors or by certain of its officers. Additionally, the Fund’s Bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the common shareholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of common shareholders will be called by the Fund’s Secretary upon the written request of common shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

No Appraisal Rights

As permitted by the MGCL, the Fund’s Charter provides that common shareholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights, unless the Fund’s Board of Directors determines that such rights apply.

72 

Limitations on Liabilities

The Fund’s Charter provides that the personal liability of the Fund’s directors and officers for monetary damages is eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. Maryland law currently provides that directors and officers of corporations that have adopted such a provision will generally not be so liable, except to the extent that (i) it is proven that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property, or services actually received; and (ii) a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding.

The Fund’s Charter delegates the Fund, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and advance expenses to the Fund’s directors and officers. The Fund’s Bylaws provide that the Fund will indemnify its officers and directors against liabilities to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law and the 1940 Act, and that it shall advance expenses to such persons prior to a final disposition of an action. The rights of indemnification provided in the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws are not exclusive of any other rights which may be available under any insurance or other agreement, by resolution of common shareholders or directors or otherwise.

Authorized Shares

The Fund’s Charter authorizes the issuance of 50,000,000 common shares, and authorizes a majority of the Fund’s Board of Directors, without common shareholder approval, to increase the number of authorized common shares and to classify and reclassify any unissued shares into one or more classes or series of stock and set the terms thereof. The issuance of capital stock or any class or series thereof without common shareholder approval may be used by the Fund’s Board of Directors consistent with its duties to deter attempts to gain control of the Fund. Further, the Board of Directors could authorize the issuance Preferred Shares with terms and conditions that could have the effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction that some of the Fund’s shareholders might believe to be in their best interests.

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Maryland Law

Maryland Unsolicited Takeovers Act

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions:

• a classified board;

• a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;

• a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of directors;

• a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; and

• a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of shareholders.

The Fund has elected to be subject to a requirement that a vacancy on the Board of Directors be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and, otherwise, retains its right to opt into any of the other provisions. The charter of a corporation may contain a provision or the board of directors may adopt a provision that prohibits the corporation from electing to be subject to any or all of the provisions of Subtitle 8.

73 

Maryland Business Combination Act

The provisions of the Maryland Business Combination Act (the “MBCA”) do not apply to a closed-end investment company, such as the Fund, unless the Board of Directors has affirmatively elected to be subject to the MBCA by a resolution. To date, the Fund has not made such an election but may make such an election under Maryland law at any time. Any such election, however, could be subject to certain of the 1940 Act limitations discussed below under “Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act” and would not apply to any person who had become an interested shareholder (as defined below) before the time that the resolution was adopted.

Under the MBCA, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested shareholder or an affiliate of an interested shareholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the MBCA, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested shareholder is defined as:

• any person who beneficially owns ten percent or more of the voting power of the corporation’s shares; or

• an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of ten percent or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation

• A person is not an interested shareholder under the MBCA if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which he otherwise would have become an interested shareholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested shareholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

• 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

• two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested shareholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common shareholders receive a minimum price, as defined in the MBCA, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its shares.

The MBCA permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder.

74 

Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act

The Fund, in its Charter, has exempted all of its shares from the application of the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act (the “MCSAA”). In order to avail itself of the provisions of this Act, the Charter would have to be amended (which would require the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast) and the Board of Directors would have to affirmatively elect to be subject to the MCSAA by a resolution. Any such election, however, would be subject to the 1940 Act limitations discussed below and would not apply to any person who had become a holder of control shares (as defined below) before the time that the resolution was adopted.

The MCSAA provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Shares owned by the acquirer, by officers of the acquirer or by an employee of the acquirer who is also a director of the acquirer are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

• one-tenth or more but less than one-third,

• one-third or more but less than a majority, or

• a majority or more of all voting power.

Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained shareholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any shareholders meeting.

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the MCSAA, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of shareholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a shareholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

Inhibiting a closed-end investment company’s ability to utilize the MCSAA is Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act which provides that “every share of stock . . . issued by a registered management company . . . shall be a voting stock and have equal voting rights with every other outstanding voting stock,” thereby preventing the Fund from issuing a class of shares with voting rights that vary within that class. There are currently different views, however, on whether or not the MCSAA conflicts with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act. One view is that implementation of the MCSAA would conflict with the 1940 Act because it would deprive certain shares of their voting rights. Another view is that implementation of the MCSAA would not conflict with the 1940 Act because it would limit the voting rights of shareholders who choose to acquire shares of stock that put them within the specified percentages of ownership rather than limiting the voting rights of the shares themselves. In a November 15, 2010 letter, the staff of the SEC’s Division of Investment Management expressed the view that, based on the wording of, and purposes underlying, the 1940 Act generally, and Section 18(i) specifically, a closed-end fund, by opting in to the MCSAA, would be acting in a manner inconsistent with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act. In light of the foregoing, the Fund has exempted its Shares from the MCSAA, thereby disabling the Fund from electing to be subject to the MCSAA. In the absence of a judgment of a federal court of competent jurisdiction or the issuance of a rule or regulation of the SEC or a published interpretation by the SEC or its staff that the provisions of the MCSAA are not inconsistent with the provisions of the 1940 Act, or a change to the provisions of the 1940 Act having the same effect, the Fund does not intend to amend its Charter to remove the exemption or to make any such election.

75 

Additionally, if the Fund were to amend its Charter and subsequently elect to be subject to the MCSAA, it would not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the Fund is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the Fund’s Charter or the Fund’s Bylaws.

Contingent Conversion Feature

The Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company. Such provision in the Charter may be amended only by a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. If approved by shareholders on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end management investment company within 12 months of such approval. See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”

REPURCHASE OF SHARES

Shares of closed-end funds often trade at a discount to net asset value, and the Fund’s shares may also trade at a discount to their net asset value, although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above net asset value. The market price of the common shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for and supply of shares in the market, the Fund’s net asset value, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Fund.

Although common shareholders will not have the right to redeem their shares, the Fund may (but is not obligated to) take action to repurchase shares in the open market or make tender offers for its shares at net asset value. During the pendency of any tender offer, the Fund will publish how common shareholders may readily ascertain the net asset value. Repurchase of the common shares may have the effect of reducing any market discount to net asset value.

There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for shares, such action will result in the shares trading at a price which approximates their net asset value. Although share repurchases and tenders could have a favorable effect on the market price of the shares, you should be aware that the acquisition of shares by the Fund will decrease the total assets of the Fund and, therefore, have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio and may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment objective. To the extent the Fund may need to liquidate investments to fund repurchases of shares, this may result in portfolio turnover which will result in additional expenses being borne by the Fund and its shareholders. The Board of Directors currently considers the following factors to be relevant to a potential decision to repurchase shares: the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, and the impact of any action on the Fund and market considerations. Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act.

76 

RIGHTS OFFERINGS

The Fund may in the future, and at its discretion, choose to make offerings of Rights to (i) common shareholders to purchase Common Shares and/or Preferred Shares and/or (ii) preferred shareholders to purchase Preferred Shares (subject to applicable law). A future Rights offering may be transferable or non-transferable. Any such future Rights offering will be made in accordance with the 1940 Act. Under the laws of Maryland, the Board is authorized to approve rights offerings without obtaining shareholder approval. The staff of the SEC has interpreted the 1940 Act as not requiring shareholder approval of a transferable rights offering to purchase common stock at a price below the then current net asset value so long as certain conditions are met, including: (i) a good faith determination by a fund’s Board that such offering would result in a net benefit to existing shareholders; (ii) the offering fully protects shareholders’ preemptive rights and does not discriminate among shareholders (except for the possible effect of not offering fractional rights); (iii) management uses its best efforts to ensure an adequate trading market in the rights for use by shareholders who do not exercise such rights; and (iv) the ratio of a transferable rights offering does not exceed one new share for each three rights held.

CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

Pursuant to the Fund’s Charter, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting during calendar year 2021 for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company, even if the Board of Directors fails to recommend the proposal or declare the proposal advisable or recommends that the stockholders reject it. If the conversion is approved by shareholders, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end investment company within 12 months of such approval. See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”

The Fund may be converted to an open-end investment company at any time if approved by the Board of Directors and the shareholders. See “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws and of Maryland Law” for a discussion of the voting requirements applicable to conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company and any related Charter amendments. If the Fund converted to an open-end investment company, it would be required to redeem all Preferred Shares then outstanding (possibly requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio). Conversion to open-end status could also require the Fund to modify certain investment restrictions and policies. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or permitted under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption. In order to avoid maintaining large cash positions or liquidating favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end investment companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Open-end investment companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management. The Board of Directors may at any time (but is not required to) propose conversion of the Fund to open-end status, depending upon its judgment regarding the advisability of such action in light of circumstances then prevailing.

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

The following is a summary discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of common shares of the Fund. This discussion only addresses U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets and does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances. This discussion also does not address the tax consequences to shareholders who are subject to special rules, including, without limitation, banks and other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, traders in securities that have elected to mark-to-market their securities holdings, foreign holders, persons who hold their shares as or in a hedge against currency risk, or as part of a constructive sale, straddle or conversion transaction, or tax-exempt or tax-deferred plans, accounts, or entities. In addition, the discussion does not address any state, local, or foreign tax consequences. The discussion reflects applicable income tax laws of the United States as of the date hereof, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) retroactively or prospectively, which could affect the continued validity of this summary. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors before making an investment in the Fund to determine the specific tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund, including the applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences as well as the effect of possible changes in tax laws.

77 

The Fund has elected to be treated, and to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), so that it will generally not pay U.S. federal income tax on income and capital gains timely distributed (or treated as being distributed, as described below) to shareholders. If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes to its shareholders at least 90% of the sum of (i) its “investment company taxable income” as that term is defined in the Code (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses and certain net foreign exchange gains as reduced by certain deductible expenses) without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and (ii) the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest, if any, over certain disallowed deductions, the Fund will be relieved of U.S. federal income tax on any income of the Fund, including long-term capital gains, distributed to shareholders. However, if the Fund retains any investment company taxable income or “net capital gain” (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate federal income tax rates (currently at a maximum rate of 21%) on the amount retained. The Fund intends to distribute at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), net tax-exempt interest, if any, and net capital gain. Under the Code, the Fund will generally be subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax on the portion of its undistributed ordinary income and capital gains if it fails to meet certain distribution requirements with respect to each calendar year. In order to avoid the 4% federal excise tax, the required minimum distribution is generally equal to the sum of 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income (computed on a calendar year basis, and taking into account certain deferrals and elections), plus 98.2% of the Fund’s capital gain net income (generally computed for the one-year period ending on October 31) plus undistributed amounts from prior years on which the Fund paid no federal income tax. The Fund generally intends to make distributions in a timely manner in an amount at least equal to the required minimum distribution and therefore, under normal circumstances, does not expect to be subject to this excise tax. However, the Fund may also decide to distribute less and pay the federal excise taxes.

If, for any taxable year, the Fund did not qualify as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it would be treated as a U.S. corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, and possibly state and local income tax, and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In such event, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, would generally constitute ordinary dividends, which would generally be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders, and non-corporate shareholders would generally be able to treat such distributions as “qualified dividend income” eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation, provided in each case that certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.

A common shareholder will have all dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in shares of common stock of the Fund (unless the shareholder “opts out” of the Plan). For shareholders subject to U.S. federal income tax, all dividends will generally be taxable regardless of whether the shareholder takes them in cash or they are reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. Distributions of the Fund’s investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) will generally be taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. However, a portion of such distributions derived from certain corporate dividends, if any, may qualify for either the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders under Section 243 of the Code or the reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation for “qualified dividend income” available to non-corporate shareholders under Section 1(h)(11) of the Code, provided in each case certain holding period and other requirements are met. Distributions of net capital gain, if any, that are properly reported by the Fund are generally taxable as long-term capital gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes without regard to the length of time a shareholder has held shares of the Fund. If the Fund received dividends from an Underlying Fund that qualifies as a regulated investment company, and the Underlying Fund designates such dividends as qualified dividend income or as eligible for the dividends received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to designate a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income and/or as eligible for the dividends received deduction, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the Underlying Fund.

78 

A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, will be treated by a shareholder as a tax-free return of capital, which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s basis in his, her or its shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his, her, or its shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from the sale or exchange of such shares. The U.S. federal income tax status of all dividends and distributions will be designated by the Fund and reported to shareholders annually. The Fund can provide no assurance regarding the portion of its dividends that will qualify for the dividends received deduction or for qualified dividend income treatment.

The Fund intends to distribute all realized net capital gains, if any, at least annually. If, however, the Fund were to retain any net capital gain, the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to shareholders who, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income as long-term capital gain, their proportionate share of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate share of the federal income tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If such an event occurs, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, generally be increased by the difference between the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder.

Any dividend declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid during the following January will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as paid by the Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which it is declared.

If a shareholder’s distributions are automatically reinvested in additional common shares, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the shareholder will be treated as having received a taxable distribution in the amount of the cash dividend that the shareholder would have received if the shareholder had elected to receive cash, unless the distribution is in newly issued shares of the Fund that are trading at or above net asset value, in which case the shareholder will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the stock the shareholder receives.

Certain of the investment practices of the Fund or an Underlying Fund are subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert tax-advantaged, long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund or an Underlying Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the timing as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% income test and (vii) adversely alter the intended characterization of certain complex financial transactions. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. The Fund will monitor its investments and transactions and may make certain federal income tax elections where applicable in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions, if possible.

79 

The Fund will not be able to offset gains distributed by one Underlying Fund in which it invests against losses realized by another Underlying Fund in which the Fund invests. Redemptions of shares in an Underlying Fund, including those resulting from changes in the allocation among Underlying Funds, could also cause additional distributable gains to shareholders of the Fund. A portion of any such gains may be short-term capital gains that would be distributable as ordinary income to shareholders of the Fund. Further, a portion of losses on redemptions of shares in the Underlying Funds may be deferred under the wash sale rules. Additionally, the Fund’s investment in an Underlying Fund may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the Underlying Fund’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Fund could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.

Investments in distressed debt obligations that are at risk of or in default may present special federal income tax issues for the Fund. The federal income tax consequences to a holder of such securities are not entirely certain. If the Fund’s characterization of such investments were successfully challenged by the IRS or the IRS issues guidance regarding investments in such securities, it may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions or otherwise satisfied the requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid federal income and excise taxes.

The Fund or an Underlying Fund may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries, including taxes on interest, dividends and capital gains with respect to its investments in those countries, which would, if imposed, reduce the yield on or return from those investments. Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, or if at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year is represented by interests in other regulated investment companies, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the amount of foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund. If the Fund so elects, each of its shareholders would be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, its pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund, but would be treated as having paid its pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount (subject to various limitations) as a foreign tax credit against federal income tax (but not both).

Sales, exchanges and other dispositions of the Fund’s shares generally are taxable events for shareholders that are subject to U.S. federal income tax. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors with reference to their individual circumstances to determine whether any particular transaction in the Fund’s shares is properly treated as a sale or exchange for federal income tax purposes, as the following discussion assumes, and the tax treatment of any gains or losses recognized in such transactions. Gain or loss will generally be equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property received and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares sold or exchanged. Such gain or loss will generally be characterized as capital gain or loss and will be long-term if the shareholder’s holding period for the shares is more than one year and short-term if it is one year or less. However, any loss realized by a shareholder upon the sale or other disposition of shares with a tax holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gain with respect to such shares. For the purposes of calculating the six-month period, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property or through certain options, short sales or contractual obligations to sell. The ability to deduct capital losses may be limited. In addition, losses on sales or other dispositions of shares may be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules in the event that substantially identical stock or securities are acquired (including those made pursuant to reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after a sale or other disposition of shares. In such a case, the disallowed portion of any loss generally would be included in the U.S. federal income tax basis of the shares acquired.

80 

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts. Because the Fund does not expect to distribute dividends that would give rise to an adjustment to an individual’s alternative minimum taxable income, an investment in the common shares should not, by itself, cause common shareholders to become subject to alternative minimum tax.

The Fund is required in certain circumstances to backup withhold at a current rate of 24% on reportable payments including dividends, capital gain distributions, and proceeds of sales or other dispositions of the Fund’s shares paid to certain holders of the Fund’s shares who do not furnish the Fund with their correct social security number or other taxpayer identification number and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to a shareholder may be refunded or credited against such shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

This Prospectus does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder of an investment in common stock. Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of ownership of shares of the Fund, including the possibility that distributions may be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax (or a reduced rate of withholding provided by an applicable treaty if the investor provides proper certification of its non-U.S. status).

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder currently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the federal income tax rules applicable to the Fund can be found in the SAI, which is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, foreign, state, and local income or other taxes before making an investment in the Fund.

81 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The Fund may sell up to $300,000,000 in aggregate initial offering price of (i) Common Shares, (ii) Preferred Shares, and/or (iii) Rights, from time to time under this Prospectus and any related prospectus supplement in any one or more of the following ways: (1) directly to one or more purchasers; (2) through agents; (3) to or through underwriters; or (4) through dealers. See also “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” above.

Each prospectus supplement relating to an offering of the Securities will state the terms of the offering, including as applicable:

• the names of any agents, underwriters or dealers;

• any sales loads or other items constituting underwriters’ compensation;

• any discounts, commissions, fees or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers or agents;

• the public offering or purchase price of the offered Securities and the estimated net proceeds the Fund will receive from the sale; and

• any securities exchange on which the offered Securities may be listed.

Any public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.

In the case of a Rights offering, the applicable prospectus supplement will set forth the number of Common Shares and/or Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of each Right and the other terms of such Rights offering. The transferable Rights offered by means of this Prospectus and applicable prospectus supplement, including any related over-subscription privilege and any follow-on offering, if applicable, may be convertible or exchangeable into Common Shares at a ratio not to exceed one Common Share received for every three subscription rights to purchase Common Shares converted, exercised or exchanged on an aggregate basis such that the exercise of all subscription rights to purchase Common Shares in any transferable subscription Rights offering will not cumulatively result in more than a 33 1/3 percentage increase in the outstanding common shares of the Fund.

Direct Sales

The Fund may sell Securities directly to, and solicit offers from, purchasers, including institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the 1933 Act for any resales of the Securities. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. The Fund may use electronic media, including the Internet, to sell Securities directly. The terms of any of those sales will be described in a prospectus supplement.

By Agents

The Fund may offer Securities through agents that the Fund designates. Any agent involved in the offer and sale will be named and any commissions payable by the Fund will be described in the prospectus supplement. Unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement, the agents will be acting on a best efforts basis for the period of their appointment.

82 

The Fund may engage in at-the-market offerings to or through a market maker or into an existing trading market, on an exchange or otherwise, in accordance with Rule 415(a)(4). An at-the-market offering may be through one or more underwriters or dealers acting as principal or agent for the Fund.

By Underwriters

The Fund may offer and sell Securities from time to time to one or more underwriters who would purchase the Securities as principal for resale to the public, either on a firm commitment or best efforts basis. If the Fund sells Securities to underwriters, the Fund will execute an underwriting agreement with them at the time of the sale and will name them in the prospectus supplement. In connection with these sales, the underwriters may be deemed to have received compensation from the Fund in the form of underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters also may receive commissions from purchasers of Securities for whom they may act as agent. Unless otherwise stated in the prospectus supplement, the underwriters will not be obligated to purchase the Securities unless the conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement are satisfied, and if the underwriters purchase any of the Securities, they will be required to purchase all of the offered Securities. In the event of default by any underwriter, in certain circumstances, the purchase commitments may be increased among the non-defaulting underwriters or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. The underwriters may sell the offered Securities to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters as well as from the purchasers for whom they may act as agent. Any public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.

In connection with an offering of Common Shares, if a prospectus supplement so indicates, the Fund may grant the underwriters an option to purchase additional Common Shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within a specified number of days from the date of the prospectus supplement, to cover any overallotments.

By Dealers

The Fund may offer and sell Securities from time to time to one or more dealers who would purchase the Securities as principal. The dealers then may resell the offered Securities to the public at fixed or varying prices to be determined by those dealers at the time of resale. The names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction will be set forth in the prospectus supplement.

General Information

Agents, underwriters, or dealers participating in an offering of Securities may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts and commission received by them and any profit realized by them on resale of the offered Securities for whom they may act as agent may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the 1933 Act.

The Fund may offer to sell Securities either at a fixed price or at prices that may vary, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices.

To facilitate an offering of the Common Shares in an underwritten transaction and in accordance with industry practice, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Shares or other Security. Those transactions may include overallotment, entering stabilizing bids, effecting syndicate covering transactions, and reclaiming selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer.

• An overallotment in connection with an offering creates a short position in the Common Shares for the underwriters’ own account.

83 

• An underwriter may place a stabilizing bid to purchase the Common Shares for the purpose of pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of the Common Shares.

• Underwriters may engage in syndicate covering transactions to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of the Common Shares by bidding for, and purchasing, the Common Shares or any other Securities in the open market in order to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering.

• The managing underwriter may impose a penalty bid on a syndicate member to reclaim a selling concession in connection with an offering when the Common Shares originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in syndicate covering transactions or otherwise.

Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

In connection with any Rights offering, the Fund may also enter into a standby underwriting agreement with one or more underwriters pursuant to which the underwriter(s) will purchase Common Shares and/or Preferred Shares remaining unsubscribed for after the Rights offering.

Any underwriters to whom the offered Securities are sold for offering and sale may make a market in the offered Securities, but the underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making at any time without notice. There can be no assurance that there will be a liquid trading market for the offered Securities.

Under agreements entered into with the Fund, underwriters and agents may be entitled to indemnification by the Fund against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the 1933 Act, or to contribution for payments the underwriters or agents may be required to make. The underwriters, agents, and their affiliates may engage in financial or other business transactions with the Fund and its subsidiaries, if any, in the ordinary course of business.

The maximum commission or discount to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or independent broker-dealer will not be greater than nine percent of the initial gross proceeds from the sale of any Security being sold.

The aggregate offering price specified on the cover of this Prospectus relates to the offering of the Securities not yet issued as of the date of this Prospectus.

To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the underwriters may from time to time act as a broker or dealer and receive fees in connection with the execution of our portfolio transactions after the underwriters have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, each may act as a broker while it is an underwriter.

The Prospectus and accompanying prospectus supplement in electronic form may be made available on the websites maintained by underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of Securities for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Such allocations of Securities for internet distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Securities may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell Securities to online brokerage account holders.

84 

ADMINISTRATOR, FUND ACCOUNTANT, TRANSFER AGENT, DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT AND CUSTODIAN

The Fund’s administrator, fund accountant, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent is U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“USBFS”). USBFS is a service company and SEC-registered transfer agent. Under the Master Services Agreement, USBFS is responsible for calculating net asset values, providing additional fund accounting and tax services, and, together with Centric Fund Services, LLC (“CFS”), providing fund administration and compliance-related services. The address of USBFS is 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. The address of CFS is 26 Butler Place, #46, Brooklyn, New York 11328. Under the Master Services Agreement, the Fund pays a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.20% of the Fund’s average Managed Assets, with a minimum annual fee requirement of $200,000.

US Bank, NA, located at 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, serves as the Fund’s custodian and maintains custody of the securities and cash of the Fund. For its services, the custodian receives a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average daily market value of all long securities and cash held in the Fund’s portfolio, plus certain charges for securities transactions.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Shares will be passed upon for the Fund by Chapman and Cutler LLP. Chapman and Cutler LLP may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law on the opinion of Shapiro Sher Guinot & Sandler, P.A. If certain legal matters in connection with an offering of Common Shares are passed upon by counsel for the underwriters or sales agent of such offering, such counsel will be named in a prospectus supplement.

CONTROL PERSONS

Based on a review of Schedule 13D and Schedule 13G filings as of the date of this Prospectus, there are no persons who control the Fund. For purposes of the foregoing statement, “control” means (1) the beneficial ownership, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, of more than 25% of the voting securities of a company; (2) the acknowledgement or assertion by either the controlled or controlling party of the existence of control; or (3) an adjudication under Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, which has become final, that control exists.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Fund is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the 1940 Act and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the SEC. Reports, proxy statements and other information filed by the Fund with the SEC pursuant to the informational requirements of such Acts can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov containing reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants, including the Fund (when available), that file electronically with the SEC.

This Prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Fund with the SEC under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act. This Prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document field as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).

85 

THE FUND’S PRIVACY POLICY

The Fund is committed to ensuring your financial privacy. This notice is being sent to comply with privacy regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Fund has in effect the following policy with respect to nonpublic personal information about its customers:

• Only such information received from you, through application forms or otherwise, and information about your Fund transactions will be collected.

• None of such information about you (or former customers) will be disclosed to anyone, except as permitted by law (which includes disclosure to employees necessary to service your account).

• Policies and procedures (including physical, electronic and procedural safeguards) are in place that are designed to protect the confidentiality of such information.

• The Fund does not currently obtain consumer information. If the Fund were to obtain consumer information at any time in the future, it would employ appropriate procedural safeguards that comply with federal standards to protect against unauthorized access to and properly dispose of consumer information.

For more information about the Fund’s privacy policies call (855) 830-1222 (toll-free).

86 

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

	Page
Investment Restrictions	1
Investment Policies and Techniques	2
Management Of The Fund	25
Investment Adviser	25
Investment Subadviser	26
Investment Advisory Agreement and Subadvisory Agreement	26
Portfolio Managers	26
Compensation Of Portfolio Managers	27
Portfolio Manager Ownership Of Fund Shares	28
Conflicts Of Interest	28
Other Accounts Managed	29
Administrator	29
Codes Of Ethics	29
Fund Service Providers	30
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	30
Legal Counsel	30
Custodian and Transfer Agent	30
Portfolio Transactions	30
U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters	31
Fund Taxation	31
Common Shareholder Taxation	33
Preferred Shareholder Taxation	36
Other Taxes	36
Board Members and Officers	36
Director Ownership In the Fund	41
Securities Beneficially Owned	41
Proxy Voting Guidelines	42
Additional Information	42
Financial Statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	43
Appendix A - Proxy Voting Guidelines of the Adviser	A-1
Appendix B - Proxy Voting Guidelines of the Subadviser	B-1

87 

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.

Common Stock
Preferred Stock
Subscription Rights for Common Stock

PROSPECTUS
 

, 2019

The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated October 11, 2019

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.

Statement of Additional Information

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is a Maryland corporation that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The investment objective of the Fund is current income and overall total return. RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, the investment adviser of the Fund (“RiverNorth” or the “Adviser”), and DoubleLine^® Capital LP, the subadviser of the Fund (“DoubleLine” or the “Subadviser”), seek to achieve the Fund’s investment objective by allocating the Fund’s assets among two principal investment strategies: Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and Opportunistic Income Strategy. See “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies—Principal Investment Strategies” in the Fund’s Prospectus (as defined below). There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates to the Fund’s (i) shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Shares” and holders of such Common Shares the “Common Shareholders”), (ii) shares of preferred stock (the “Preferred Shares”) and (iii) subscription rights to purchase Common Shares (“Rights” and, together with the Common Shares and Preferred Shares, “Securities”). This SAI is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Fund dated (the “Prospectus”) and the applicable prospectus supplement. This SAI does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Securities. Investors should obtain and read the Prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement prior to purchasing Securities. A copy of the Prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling the Fund at (855) 862-6092.

The Prospectus and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Washington, D.C. The Fund’s filings with the SEC are available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Copies of these filings may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street NE, Washington. D.C. 20549. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

This Statement of Additional Information is dated .

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS	1
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES	2
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND	25
Investment Adviser	25
Investment Subadviser	26
Investment Advisory Agreement and Subadvisory Agreement	26
Portfolio Managers	26
Compensation of Portfolio Managers	27
Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Shares	28
Conflicts of Interest	28
Other Accounts Managed	29
Administrator	29
Codes of Ethics	29
FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS	30
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	30
Legal Counsel	30
Custodian and Transfer Agent	30
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS	30
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS	31
Fund Taxation	31
Common Shareholder Taxation	33
Preferred Shareholder Taxation	36
Other Taxes	36
BOARD MEMBERS AND OFFICERS	36
Director Ownership in the Fund	41
Securities Beneficially Owned	41
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES	42
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	42
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	43
APPENDIX A - PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES OF THE ADVISER	A-1
APPENDIX B - PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES OF THE SUBADVISER	B-1

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Except as otherwise indicated, the Fund’s investment policies are not fundamental and may be changed without a vote of shareholders. There can be no assurance the Fund’s investment objective will be met.

Any investment restrictions herein that involve a maximum percentage of securities or assets shall not be considered to be violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after and is caused by an acquisition or encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, the Fund.

As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will not:

(1) with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase any securities if, as a result, more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would then be invested in securities of any single issuer or if, as a result, the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer; provided, that Government securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), securities issued by other investment companies and cash items (including receivables) shall not be counted for purposes of this limitation;

(2) borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

(3) issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

(4) purchase any security if, as a result, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets (taken at current value) would be invested in a single industry or group of industries, except that the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds shall not be deemed to be investments in a single industry or group of industries, and except that the Fund, under normal circumstances, will invest at least 25% of its total assets in mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities (including such securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities) and other investments that the Adviser or the Subadviser considers to have the same primary economic characteristics, and such securities will be considered, solely for the purpose of this restriction, to be issued by issuers in a single industry;

(5) engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities;

(6) purchase or sell real estate. The Fund may, for clarity, (i) purchase interests in issuers which deal or invest in real estate, including limited partnership interests of limited partnerships that invest or deal in real estate, (ii) purchase securities which are secured by real estate or interests in real estate, including real estate mortgage loans, (iii) invest in loans collateralized by real estate and (iv) hold and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of investments which are secured by real estate or interests therein. (For purposes of this restriction, investments by the Fund in mortgage-backed securities and other securities representing interests in mortgage pools shall not constitute the purchase or sale of real estate.);

(7) purchase or sell commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from purchasing or selling options, future contracts and related options thereon, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars and any other financial instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities or as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time; or

(8) make loans, except by purchase of debt obligations or other financial instruments in which a Fund may invest consistent with its investment policies, by entering into repurchase agreements, or through the lending of its portfolio securities. A Fund may purchase loan participations or otherwise invest in loans or similar obligations, and may make loans directly to issuers, itself or as part of a lending syndicate.

A fundamental policy may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund which, under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder and as used in this SAI, means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

Fundamental Investment Restriction (2)

The 1940 Act permits the Fund to borrow money in an amount up to one-third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less its liabilities (not including any borrowings but including the fair market value at the time of computation of any other senior securities then outstanding). The Fund may also borrow an additional 5% of its total assets without regard to the foregoing limitation for temporary purposes such as clearance of portfolio transactions.

1 

Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy. For more information on leverage and the risks relating thereto, see “Risks—Leverage Risks” in the Prospectus.

Fundamental Investment Restriction (3)

The ability of a closed-end fund to issue senior securities is severely circumscribed by complex regulatory constraints under the 1940 Act that restrict, for instance, the amount, timing, and form of senior securities that may be issued. Certain portfolio management techniques, such as reverse repurchase agreements, credit default swaps, futures contracts, the purchase of securities on margin, short sales, or the writing of puts on portfolio securities, may be considered senior securities unless appropriate steps are taken to segregate assets or otherwise cover obligations. To the extent the Fund covers its commitment under these transactions, including by the segregation of liquid assets, such instrument will not be considered a “senior security” by the Fund and therefore will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Fund (or, as the case may be, the 200% asset coverage requirement applicable to preferred stock).

Under the 1940 Act, the issuance by the Fund of a senior security representing an indebtedness is subject to a requirement that provision is made that, (i) if on the last business day of each of 12 consecutive calendar months the asset coverage with respect to the senior security is less than 100%, the holders of such securities voting as a class shall be entitled to elect at least a majority of the Board with such voting right to continue until the asset coverage for such class of senior security is at least 110% on the last business day of each of 3 consecutive calendar months or, (ii) if on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months the asset coverage for such class of senior security is less than 100%, an event of default shall be deemed to have occurred.

Fundamental Investment Restriction (4)

Although the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds are not deemed to be investments in a particular industry or group of industries, to the extent that the Fund is aware of the investments held by the Underlying Funds, the Fund will consider such information when determining compliance with fundamental investment restriction (4).

Fundamental Investment Restriction (7)

The ability of the Fund to invest directly in commodities, and in certain commodity-related securities and other instruments, is subject to significant limitations in order to enable the Fund to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

Fundamental Investment Restriction (8)

The 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

The following describes certain investment practices and techniques in which the Fund may engage, and certain of the risks associated with such practices and techniques, and includes a discussion of the spectrum of investments that the Adviser and the Subadviser in their discretion may, but are not required to, use in managing the Fund’s assets. Certain risks may only apply to a particular investment strategy of the Fund, or may apply to both investment strategies. The following descriptions supplement the descriptions of the investment objective, policies, strategies and risks as set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus.

These same investment practices or techniques may be used by the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests (as described in the Prospectus) and, therefore, the risks described below may apply to the Underlying Funds as well. Furthermore, it is possible that certain types of financial instruments or investment techniques described herein may not be available, permissible, economically feasible or effective for their intended purposes in all markets. Certain practices, techniques or instruments may not be principal activities of the Fund but, to the extent employed, could from time to time have a material impact on the Fund’s performance.

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of assets such as, among other things, motor vehicle installment sales contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements or a combination of the foregoing. These assets are securitized through the use of trusts and special purpose entities. Credit enhancements, such as various forms of cash collateral accounts or letters of credit, may support payments of principal and interest on asset-backed securities. Although these securities may be supported by letters of credit or other credit enhancements, payment of interest and principal ultimately depends upon individuals paying the underlying loans or accounts, which payment may be adversely affected by general downturns in the economy. Asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk. There is risk that recovery on repossessed collateral might be unavailable or inadequate to support payments on the underlying investments.

2 

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow funds and/or issue preferred stock, notes or other debt securities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act for investment and other purposes, such as for providing the Fund with liquidity. The Fund’s use of leverage may include borrowing through a line of credit with a bank or other financial institution. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund, immediately after any borrowing, must have an “asset coverage” of at least 300% (i.e., such indebtedness may not exceed 33-1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets including the amount borrowed). With respect to such borrowing, asset coverage means the ratio which the value of the total assets of the Fund, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), bears to the aggregate amount of such borrowing represented by senior securities issued by the Fund. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is also not permitted to issue preferred stock unless immediately after such issuance the total asset value of the Fund’s portfolio is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred stock (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets).

The use of borrowing by the Fund involves special risk considerations that may not be associated with other funds having similar policies. Because substantially all of the Fund’s assets fluctuate in value, whereas the interest obligation resulting from a borrowing may be fixed by the terms of the Fund’s agreement with its lender, the net asset value (“NAV”) per share of the Common Shares will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value and decrease more when its portfolio securities decrease in value than would otherwise be the case if the Fund did not borrow funds. In addition, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds. Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. The interest that the Fund must pay on borrowed money, together with any additional fees to establish and maintain a borrowing facility, are additional costs that will reduce or eliminate any net investment income and may also offset any potential capital gains. Unless appreciation and income, if any, on assets acquired with borrowed funds exceed the costs of borrowing, the use of leverage will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what it would have been without leverage. See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks—Leverage Risks” in the Fund’s Prospectus.

Closed-End Funds. The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds offered in initial or secondary offerings or through purchasing shares in the secondary market. An initial public offering of closed-end fund shares is typically distributed by a group of underwriters who retain a spread or underwriting commission based on the initial public offering price. Such shares are then listed for trading on an exchange and, in some cases, may be traded in other over-the-counter markets. Because the shares of closed-end funds cannot be redeemed upon demand to the issuer like the shares of an open-end fund, investors seek to buy and sell shares of closed-end funds in the secondary market. The Fund will incur normal brokerage costs on its secondary purchases similar to the expenses the Fund would incur for the purchase of securities of any other type of issuer in the secondary market.

The shares of many closed-end funds, after their initial public offering, frequently trade at a price per share that is less than the NAV per share, the difference representing the “market discount” of such shares. This market discount may be due in part to the investment objective of long-term appreciation, which is sought by many closed-end funds, as well as to the fact that the shares of closed-end funds are not redeemable by the holder upon demand to the issuer at the next determined NAV but, rather, are subject to supply and demand in the secondary market. A relative lack of secondary market purchasers of closed-end fund shares also may contribute to such shares trading at a discount to their NAV.

The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to NAV or at a premium to NAV. There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease. In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and the Fund may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the NAV of the Common Shares. Similarly, there can be no assurance that any shares of a closed-end fund purchased by the Fund at a premium will continue to trade at a premium or that the premium will not decrease subsequent to a purchase of such shares by the Fund.

Closed-end funds may issue senior securities (including preferred stock and debt obligations) for the purpose of leveraging the closed-end fund’s common shares in an attempt to enhance the current return to such closed-end fund’s common shareholders. The Fund’s investment in the common shares of closed-end funds that are financially leveraged may create an opportunity for greater total return on its investment, but at the same time may be expected to exhibit more volatility in market price and NAV than an investment in shares of investment companies without a leveraged capital structure.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are generally bonds, debentures, notes, preferred securities or other securities or investments that may be converted or exchanged into equity securities (and/or cash or cash equivalents) which may be at a stated exchange ratio or predetermined price (the “conversion price”). A convertible security is designed to provide current income and also the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature, which enables the holder to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock. Accordingly, these equity-linked instruments offer the potential for equity market participation with potential mitigated downside risk in periods of equity market declines.

3 

A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt obligations and are designed to provide for a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than common stocks. However, there can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations.

Zero coupon securities are debt securities which are issued at a discount to their value at maturity and do not entitle the holder to any periodic payments of interest prior to maturity. Rather, when a zero coupon security is held to maturity, its entire income return, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference between its purchase price and its maturity value. Zero coupon convertible securities are convertible into a specific number of shares of the issuer’s common stock and may have put features that provide the holder with the opportunity to sell the securities back to the issuer at a stated price before maturity. Generally, the prices of zero coupon convertible securities may be more sensitive to market interest rate fluctuations than conventional convertible securities.

Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock. Convertible debt securities may be subordinate in rank to any senior debt obligations of the issuer and, therefore, such subordinated convertible debt securities entail more risk than its senior debt obligations. Convertible preferred securities also may be subordinated to debt instruments and non-convertible series of preferred securities in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income, claims to corporate assets and liquidation payments, and therefore convertible preferred securities may be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments. As such, convertible securities are often rated below investment grade or not rated because they fall below debt obligations and just above common stock in order of preference or priority on an issuer’s balance sheet. Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” An investment in convertible securities with credit ratings below investment grade may have a higher likelihood of default.

A convertible security may contain features that limit an investor’s ability to convert the security into common stock unless certain conditions are met. A typical feature may require that a security be convertible only when the sale price of the underlying common stock exceeds the conversion price by a specified percentage (e.g., the sale price of the common stock is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price) for a certain specified period of time (e.g., for at least 20 days during a span of 30 consecutive days in a month), or upon the occurrence of certain other specified conditions. In addition, a convertible security may be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption or conversion, the Fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

Convertible securities have valuation characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar credit quality because of the potential for capital appreciation. The value of convertible securities is influenced by both the yield of non-convertible securities of comparable issuers and by the value of the underlying common stock. The value of a convertible security viewed without regard to its conversion feature (i.e., strictly on the basis of its yield) is sometimes referred to as its “investment value.” The investment value of the convertible security typically will fluctuate based on the credit quality of the issuer and will fluctuate inversely with changes in prevailing interest rates. However, at the same time, the value of a convertible security will be influenced by its “conversion value,” which is the market value of the underlying common stock that would be obtained if the convertible security were converted. Conversion value fluctuates directly with the price of the underlying common stock, and will therefore be subject to risks relating to the activities of the issuer of the underlying common stock and general market and economic conditions. Depending upon the relationship of the conversion price to the market value of the underlying security, a convertible security may trade more like an equity security than a debt instrument.

If, because of a low price of the common stock, the conversion value is substantially below the investment value of the convertible security, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. Generally, if the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the value of the security will be principally influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security will sell at a premium over its conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding an income-producing security.

Debt and preferred securities with warrants attached to purchase equity securities have economic characteristics similar to convertible securities and their prices may, to some degree, reflect the performance of the underlying stock. A warrant is a right to purchase common stock at a specific price (usually at a premium above the market value of the underlying common stock at the time of issuance) during a specified period of time.

4 

Mandatory Convertible Securities. Mandatory convertible securities are distinguished as a subset of convertible securities because the conversion is not optional and the conversion price at maturity (or redemption) is based solely upon the market price of the underlying common stock, which may be significantly less than par or the price (above or below par) paid. Mandatory convertible securities automatically convert to equity securities at maturity. For these reasons, the risks associated with investing in mandatory convertible securities most closely resemble the risks inherent in equity securities. Mandatory convertible securities customarily pay a higher coupon yield to compensate for the potential risk of additional price volatility and loss upon redemption. Since the correlation of common stock risk increases as the security approaches its redemption date, there can be no assurance that the higher coupon will compensate for the potential loss.

Contingent Convertible Securities. Similar to mandatory convertible securities (and unlike traditional convertible securities), contingent convertible securities generally provide for mandatory conversion into common stock of the issuer under certain circumstances. The mandatory conversion might be automatically triggered, for instance, if a company fails to meet the minimum amount of capital described in the security, the company’s regulator makes a determination that the security should convert or the company receives specified levels of extraordinary public support. Since the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero; and conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor, hence worsening standing in a bankruptcy. In addition, some contingent convertible securities have a set stock conversion rate that would cause a reduction in value of the security if the price of the stock is below the conversion price on the conversion date.

Exchangeable Debt Securities. Exchangeable debt securities are convertible debt securities in which the underlying common stock is issued by an entity that is different than the issuer of the convertible securities, often a subsidiary of the issuer. The valuation of an exchangeable debt security is similar to that of a convertible debt security, with the conversion value influenced by the underlying common stock issuer.

Synthetic Convertible Securities. A synthetic convertible security is a derivative position composed of two or more distinct securities whose economic characteristics, when taken together, resemble those of traditional convertible securities, i.e., an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). For example, the income-producing component may be achieved by purchasing non-convertible income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred securities or money market instruments and the convertible component may be achieved through warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index.

Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions in private placement transactions and are typically sold back to the offering institution. Upon conversion, the holder generally receives from the offering institution an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then-current value of the underlying security. Synthetic convertible securities created by other parties generally have the same attributes of a traditional convertible security; however, the issuer of the synthetic convertible security assumes the credit risk associated with the investment, rather than the issuer of the underlying equity security into which the instrument is convertible. Therefore, an investor in such securities is subject to the credit risk associated with the counterparty creating the synthetic convertible instrument. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may also create synthetic convertible securities themselves by purchasing the separate component securities.

Synthetic convertible securities may differ from traditional convertible securities in several respects. The value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its income-producing component and its convertible component. Thus, the values of a synthetic convertible and a traditional convertible security will respond differently to market fluctuations. If the value of the underlying common stock or the level of the index involved in the convertible component falls below the exercise price of the warrant or option, the warrant or option may lose all value.

Purchasing a synthetic convertible security may provide greater flexibility than purchasing a traditional convertible security, including the ability to combine components representing distinct issuers or to combine a fixed income security with a call option on a stock index. In addition, synthetic convertible securities may alter the characteristics common to traditional convertible securities such as by offering enhanced yields in exchange for reduced capital appreciation or less downside protection. The component parts of a synthetic convertible security may be purchased simultaneously or separately.

The holder of a synthetic convertible faces the risk that the price of the stock, or the level of the market index underlying the convertible component, will decline. In addition, in purchasing a synthetic convertible security, a Fund may have counterparty risk with respect to the financial institution that offers the instrument or with respect to the institution that issued the income-producing component of the convertible security when such an institution is not the financial institution creating the synthetic convertible security. Synthetic convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with derivatives. See “—Derivatives.”

Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities are fully taxable debt obligations issued by corporations or other business entities. These securities fund capital improvements, expansions, debt refinancing or acquisitions that require more capital than would ordinarily be available from a single lender. Investors in corporate debt securities lend money to the issuer in exchange for interest payments and repayment of the principal at a set maturity date. Rates on corporate debt securities are set according to prevailing interest rates at the time of the issue, the credit rating of the issuer, the length of the maturity and other terms of the security, such as a call feature.

5 

Depositary Receipts. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). ADRs are receipts issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. ADRs, in sponsored form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets. A sponsoring company provides financial information to the bank and may subsidize administration of the ADR. Unsponsored ADRs may be created by a broker-dealer or depository bank without the participation of the foreign issuer. Holders of these ADRs generally bear all the costs of the ADR facility, whereas foreign issuers typically bear certain costs in a sponsored ADR. The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored ADR may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign issuer or to pass through voting rights. Unsponsored ADRs may carry more risk than sponsored ADRs because of the absence of financial information provided by the underlying company. Many of the risks described below regarding foreign securities apply to investments in ADRs.

Derivatives. The Fund may utilize various other investment strategies as described below for a variety of purposes, such as hedging various market risks or enhancing return. These strategies may be executed through the use of derivative contracts. The Underlying Funds may also utilize derivative contracts and are thus subject to the same risks described below.

In the course of pursuing these investment strategies, the Fund may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, equity and fixed-income indices and other instruments, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, enter into various transactions such as swaps, caps, floors, collars, currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currencies, or currency futures and various other currency transactions (collectively, all the above are called “Derivative Transactions”). In addition, Derivative Transactions may also include new techniques, instruments or strategies that are permitted as regulatory changes occur. Derivative Transactions may be used without limit (subject to certain limits imposed by the 1940 Act) to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for the Fund’s portfolio resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations, to protect the Fund’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes, to manage the effective maturity or duration of the Fund’s portfolio, or to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. Some Derivative Transactions may also be used to enhance potential gain. Any or all of these investment techniques may be used at any time and in any combination, and there is no particular strategy that dictates the use of one technique rather than another, as use of any Derivative Transaction is a function of numerous variables including, but not limited to, market conditions. The ability of the Fund to utilize these Derivative Transactions successfully will depend on the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The Fund’s use of Derivative Transactions may also be limited by the requirements of the Code for qualification as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Fund will comply with applicable regulatory requirements when implementing these strategies, techniques and instruments. Derivative Transactions will not be used to alter fundamental investment purposes and characteristics of the Fund, and the Fund will segregate assets (or as provided by applicable regulations, enter into certain offsetting positions) to cover its obligations under options, futures and swaps to limit leveraging of the Fund to the extent described in the Prospectus and this SAI.

Derivative Transactions, including derivative contracts, have risks associated with them including, but not limited to, possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of such Derivative Transactions could result in losses greater than if they had not been used. Use of Derivative Transactions may result in losses to the Fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher than or lower than current market values, limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on its investments or cause the Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell. The use of currency transactions can result in the Fund incurring losses as a result of a number of factors including the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability to deliver or receive a specified currency.

The use of options and futures transactions entails certain other risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related portfolio position of the Fund creates the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument may be greater than gains in the value of the Fund’s position. In addition, futures and options markets may not be liquid in all circumstances and certain over-the-counter options may have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, the Fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses, if at all. Although the use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in value of such position. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts would create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. Losses resulting from the use of Derivative Transactions would reduce NAV, and possibly income, and such losses can be greater than if the Derivative Transactions had not been utilized.

6 

General Characteristics of Options. Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below. In addition, many Derivative Transactions involving options require segregation of Fund assets in special accounts, as described below under “—Segregation and Cover Requirements.”

A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer the obligation to buy, the underlying security, commodity, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. For instance, the Fund’s purchase of a put option on a security might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value by giving the Fund the right to sell such instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. The Fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial future, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase such instrument. An American style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period while a European style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior thereto. The Fund is authorized to purchase and sell exchange listed options and over-the-counter options (“OTC options”). Exchange listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options. The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but is also applicable to other financial intermediaries.

With certain exceptions, OCC issued and exchange listed options generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future cash settlement may become available. Index options and Eurodollar instruments are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (i.e., where the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.

The Fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC or exchange listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities including reaching daily price limits; (iv) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.

OTC options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (“Counterparties”) through direct bilateral agreement with the Counterparty. In contrast to exchange listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guarantees and security, are set by negotiation of the parties. The Fund will only sell OTC options (other than OTC currency options) that are subject to a buy-back provision permitting the Fund to require the Counterparty to sell the option back to the Fund at a formula price within seven days. The Fund expects generally to enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it is not required to do so.

Unless the parties provide for it, there is no central clearing or guaranty function in an OTC option. As a result, if the Counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with the Fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the Fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Accordingly, the Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable, must assess the creditworthiness of each such Counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the Counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be satisfied. The Fund will engage in OTC option transactions only with U.S. government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers” or broker/dealers, domestic or foreign banks or other financial institutions which have received (or the guarantors of the obligation of which have received) a short-term credit rating of “A-1” from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business (“S&P”) or “P-1” from Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or an equivalent rating from any nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, in the case of OTC currency options, are determined to be of equivalent credit quality by the Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable. The staff of the SEC currently takes the position that OTC options purchased by the Fund, and portfolio securities “covering” the amount of the Fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by it (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) are illiquid.

7 

If the Fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments in its portfolio or will increase the Fund’s income. The sale of put options can also provide income.

The Fund may purchase and sell call options on securities including U.S. Treasury and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, foreign sovereign debt, corporate debt securities, equity securities (including convertible securities) and Eurodollar instruments that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets, and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. All calls sold by the Fund must be “covered” (i.e., the Fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call) or must meet the asset segregation requirements described below as long as the call is outstanding. Even though the Fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call sold by the Fund exposes the Fund during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security or instrument and may require the Fund to hold a security or instrument which it might otherwise have sold.

The Fund may purchase and sell put options on securities including U.S. Treasury and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, foreign sovereign debt, corporate debt securities, equity securities (including convertible securities) and Eurodollar instruments (whether or not it holds the above securities in its portfolio), and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts other than futures on individual corporate debt and individual equity securities. In selling put options, there is a risk that the Fund may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.

General Characteristics of Futures. The Fund may enter into futures contracts or purchase or sell put and call options on such futures as a hedge against anticipated interest rate, currency or equity market changes or to enhance returns. Futures are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges where they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by the Fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price (or, with respect to index futures and Eurodollar instruments, the net cash amount). Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract and obligates the seller to deliver such position.

Typically, maintaining a futures contract or selling an option thereon requires the Fund to deposit with a financial intermediary as security for its obligations an amount of cash or other specified assets (initial margin), which initially is typically 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances). Additional cash or assets (variation margin) may be required to be deposited thereafter on a daily basis as the mark-to-market value of the contract fluctuates. The purchase of an option on financial futures involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of the Fund. If the Fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potential subsequent variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any position. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction but there can be no assurance that the position can be offset prior to settlement at an advantageous price, nor that delivery will occur.

Options on Securities Indices and Other Financial Indices. The Fund also may purchase and sell call and put options on securities indices and other financial indices and in so doing can achieve many of the same objectives it would achieve through the sale or purchase of options on individual securities or other instruments. Options on securities indices and other financial indices are similar to options on a security or other instrument except that, rather than settling by physical delivery of the underlying instrument, they settle by cash settlement, i.e., an option on an index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the option is based exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option (except if, in the case of an OTC option, physical delivery is specified). This amount of cash is equal to the excess of the closing price of the index over the exercise price of the option, which also may be multiplied by a formula value. The seller of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. The gain or loss on an option on an index depends on price movements in the instruments making up the market, market segment, industry or other composite on which the underlying index is based, rather than price movements in individual securities, as is the case with respect to options on securities.

8 

Options and Futures Risks. Options transactions may be effected on securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. When options are purchased over-the-counter, the Fund or an Underlying Fund bears the risk that the counterparty that wrote the option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the option contract. The counterparties to these transactions typically are major international banks, broker-dealers and financial institutions. Such options may also be illiquid, and in such cases, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may have difficulty closing out its position. Banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions participating in such transactions may fail to settle a transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as written. In the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may be unable to liquidate an over-the-counter option position.

The purchaser of a put or call option runs the risk of losing the purchaser’s entire investment, paid as the premium, in a relatively short period of time if the option is not sold at a gain or cannot be exercised at a gain prior to expiration. In selling put options, there is a risk that a fund may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price. The un-covered writer of a call option is subject to a risk of loss if the price of the underlying security should increase, and the un-covered writer of a put option is subject to a risk of loss if the price of the underlying security should decrease.

The Fund may invest a significant portion of its total assets in Underlying Funds that write covered call options. To the extent that an Underlying Fund writes a covered call option, it forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. As the writer of the option, the Underlying Fund bears the market risk of an unfavorable change in the price of the security underlying a written option. As an Underlying Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited and the risk of net asset value erosion increases. To the extent an Underlying Fund experiences net asset value erosion (which itself may have an indirect negative effect on the market price of interests in the Underlying Fund, the Underlying Fund will have a reduced asset base over which to write covered calls, which may eventually lead to reduced distributions to shareholders such as the Fund. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.

To the extent that a fund engages in selling options that trade in over-the-counter markets, the fund may be subject to additional risks. Participants in these markets are typically not subject to the same credit evaluation and regulatory oversight as members of “exchange-based” markets. By engaging in option transactions in these markets, a fund may take credit risk with regard to parties with which it trades and also may bear the risk of settlement default. These risks may differ materially from those involved in exchange-traded transactions, which generally are characterized by clearing organization guarantees, daily marking-to-market and settlement, and segregation and minimum capital requirements applicable to intermediaries. Transactions entered into directly between two counterparties generally do not benefit from these protections, which may subject a fund to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with agreed terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the contract or because of a credit or liquidity problem. Such “counterparty risk” is increased for contracts with longer maturities when events may intervene to prevent settlement.

The Fund or an Underlying Fund may enter into futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets or on exchanges located outside of the United States. Foreign markets may offer advantages, including trading opportunities or arbitrage possibilities, not available in the United States. Foreign markets, however, may have greater risk potential than domestic markets. For example, some foreign exchanges are principal markets, so that no common clearing facility exists and an investor may look only to the broker or counterparty for the performance of the contract. Unlike trading on domestic commodity exchanges, trading on foreign commodity exchanges is not regulated by the CFTC.

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular futures contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day of a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day.

The Fund or an Underlying Fund may purchase and sell single stock futures, stock index futures contracts, interest rate futures contracts, currency futures and other commodity futures. A stock index future obligates a fund to pay or receive an amount of cash based upon the value of a stock index at a specified date in the future, including the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index, NASDAQ High Technology Index or similar foreign indices. An interest rate futures contract obligates a fund to purchase or sell an amount of a specific debt security at a future date at a specified price. A currency futures contract obligates a fund to purchase or sell an amount of a specific currency at a future date at a future price.

9 

Eurodollar Instruments. Eurodollar instruments are U.S. dollar-denominated futures contracts or options thereon that are linked to the LIBOR, although foreign currency-denominated instruments are available from time to time. Eurodollar futures contracts enable purchasers to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds and sellers to obtain a fixed rate for borrowings. The Fund might use Eurodollar futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in LIBOR, to which many interest rate swaps and fixed income instruments are linked.

Foreign Currencies. Because investments in foreign securities usually will involve currencies of foreign countries, and because the Fund may hold foreign currencies and forward contracts, futures contracts and options on foreign currencies and foreign currency futures contracts, the value of the assets of the Fund as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in foreign currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations, and the Fund may incur costs and experience conversion difficulties and uncertainties in connection with conversions between various currencies. Fluctuations in exchange rates may also affect the earning power and asset value of the foreign entity issuing the security.

The strength or weakness of the U.S. dollar against these currencies could be responsible for part of the Fund’s investment performance. If the dollar falls in value relative to the Japanese yen, for example, the dollar value of a Japanese stock held in the portfolio will rise even though the price of the stock remains unchanged. Conversely, if the dollar rises in value relative to the yen, the dollar value of the Japanese stock will fall.

Although the Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it may not convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. Investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer. The Fund will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into options or forward or futures contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies.

Currency Transactions. The Fund may engage in currency transactions with Counterparties primarily in order to hedge, or manage the risk of the value of portfolio holdings denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value, or to enhance return. Currency transactions include forward currency contracts, exchange listed currency futures, exchange listed and OTC options on currencies, and currency swaps. A forward currency contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap, which is described below.

Transaction hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of the Fund, which will generally arise in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities or the receipt of income therefrom. Position hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to portfolio security positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency.

The Fund may also cross-hedge currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to decline in value relative to other currencies to which the Fund has or in which the Fund expects to have portfolio exposure.

To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of portfolio securities, the Fund may also engage in proxy hedging. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the Fund’s portfolio is exposed is difficult to hedge or to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a commitment or option to sell a currency whose changes in value are generally considered to be correlated to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the Fund’s portfolio securities are or are expected to be denominated, in exchange for U.S. dollars. The amount of the commitment or option would not exceed the value of the Fund’s securities denominated in correlated currencies. For example, if the Adviser or Subadviser considers that the Austrian schilling is correlated to the German deutschemark (the “D-mark”), the Fund holds securities denominated in schillings and the Adviser or Subadviser believes that the value of schillings will decline against the U.S. dollar, the Adviser may enter into a commitment or option to sell D-marks and buy dollars. Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, there is the risk that the perceived correlation between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Fund is engaging in proxy hedging. If the Fund enters into a currency hedging transaction, the Fund will comply with the asset segregation requirements described below.

10 

Risks of Currency Transactions. Currency transactions are subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be negatively affected by government exchange controls, blockages, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These can result in losses to the Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or funds in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Buyers and sellers of currency futures are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures generally. Further, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. The ability to establish and close out positions on options on currency futures is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market which may not always be available. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to that country’s economy.

Risks of Derivative Transactions Outside the United States. When conducted outside the United States, Derivative Transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by: (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lower trading volume and liquidity.

Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars. Among the Derivative Transactions into which the Fund may enter are interest rate, currency, index and other swaps and the purchase or sale of related caps, floors and collars. To the extent it uses such transactions, if at all, the Fund expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Fund will not sell interest rate caps or floors where it does not own securities or other instruments providing the income stream the Fund may be obligated to pay. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows on a notional amount of two or more currencies based on the relative value differential among them and an index swap is an agreement to swap cash flows on a notional amount based on changes in the values of the reference indices. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such cap to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate or amount. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such floor to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates or values.

The Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Inasmuch as the Fund will segregate assets (or enter into offsetting positions) to cover its obligations under swaps, the Fund believes such obligations do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to its borrowing restrictions. If there is a default by the Counterparty, the Fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

Some, but not all, swaps may be cleared, in which case a central clearing counterparty stands between each buyer and seller and effectively guarantees performance of each contract, to the extent of its available resources for such purposes. As a result, the counterparty risk is now shifted from bilateral risk between the parties to the individual credit risk of the central clearing counterparty. Currently, certain categories of interest rate swaps are subject to mandatory clearing, and more are expected to be mandatorily cleared in the future. The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally expected to be lower than for uncleared over-the-counter derivative transactions as each party to a transaction looks only to the central clearing house for performance of obligations under the transaction. However, there can be no assurance that a clearing house, or its members, will satisfy the clearing house’s obligations to the fund or that the fund’s use of swaps will be advantageous.

Credit Default Swap Agreements. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements. The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or “par value,” of the reference obligation. Credit default swap transactions are either “physical delivery” settled or “cash” settled. Physical delivery entails the actual delivery of the reference asset to the seller in exchange for the payment of the full par value of the reference asset. Cash settled entails a net cash payment from the seller to the buyer based on the difference of the par value of the reference asset and the current value of the reference asset that may have, through default, lost some, most or all of its value. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund will have made a series of periodic payments and recover nothing of monetary value. However, if an event of default occurs, the Fund (if the buyer) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation either through a cash payment in exchange for the asset or a cash payment in addition to owning the reference assets. As a seller, the Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and five years, provided that there is no event of default. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation.

Credit default swap transactions involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly. In addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to liquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risks, each as further described below. Moreover, if the Fund is a buyer, it will lose its investment and recover nothing should no event of default occur. If an event of default were to occur, the value of the reference obligation received by the seller, coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement it is exposed to the risks of leverage since if an event of default occurs the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. Accordingly, when the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement, it will segregate assets equal to the full notional amount of the reference obligation.

11 

A credit default index swap is a swap on an index of credit default swaps. Credit default index swaps allow an investor to manage credit risk or to take a position on a basket of credit default swaps (or other instruments) in a more efficient manner than transacting in single name credit default swaps. If a credit event occurs in one of the underlying companies, the protection is paid out via the delivery of the defaulted bond by the buyer of protection in return for payment of the notional value of the defaulted bond by the seller of protection or it may be settled through a cash settlement between the two parties. The underlying company is then removed from the index.

Structured Notes. Structured notes are derivative debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by reference to changes in value of a specific security, reference rate, or index. Indexed securities, similar to structured notes, are typically, but not always, debt securities whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to other securities. The performance of a structured note or indexed security is based upon the performance of the underlying instrument.

The terms of a structured note may provide that, in certain circumstances, no principal is due on maturity and, therefore, may result in loss of investment. Structured notes may be indexed positively or negatively to the performance of the underlying instrument such that the appreciation or deprecation of the underlying instrument will have a similar effect to the value of the structured note at maturity or of any coupon payment. In addition, changes in the interest rate and value of the principal at maturity may be fixed at a specific multiple of the change in value of the underlying instrument, making the value of the structured note more volatile than the underlying instrument. In addition, structured notes may be less liquid and more difficult to price accurately than less complex securities or traditional debt securities.

Commodity-Linked Derivatives. The Fund may invest in instruments with principal and/or coupon payments linked to the value of commodities, commodity futures contracts, or the performance of commodity indices such as “commodity-linked” or “index-linked” notes. These instruments are sometimes referred to as “structured notes” because the terms of the instrument may be structured by the issuer of the note and the purchaser of the note, such as the Fund.

The values of these notes rise and fall in response to changes in the underlying commodity or related index or investment. These notes expose the Fund economically to movements in commodity prices, but a particular note has many features of a debt obligation. These notes also are subject to credit and interest rate risks that in general affect the value of debt securities. Therefore, at the maturity of the note, the Fund may receive more or less principal than it originally invested. The Fund might receive interest payments on the note that are more or less than the stated coupon interest rate payments.

Structured notes may involve leverage, meaning that the value of the instrument will be calculated as a multiple of the upward or downward price movement of the underlying commodity future or index. The prices of commodity-linked instruments may move in different directions than investments in traditional equity and debt securities in periods of rising inflation. Of course, there can be no guarantee that the Fund’s commodity-linked investments would not be correlated with traditional financial assets under any particular market conditions.

Commodity-linked notes may be issued by U.S. and foreign banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other corporations. These notes, in addition to fluctuating in response to changes in the underlying commodity assets, will be subject to credit and interest rate risks that typically affect debt securities.

The commodity-linked instruments may be wholly principal protected, partially principal protected or offer no principal protection. With a wholly principal protected instrument, the Fund will receive at maturity the greater of the par value of the note or the increase in value of the underlying index. Partially protected instruments may suffer some loss of principal up to a specified limit if the underlying index declines in value during the term of the instrument. For instruments without principal protection, there is a risk that the instrument could lose all of its value if the index declines sufficiently. The Adviser’s or Subadviser’s decision on whether and to what extent to use principal protection depends in part on the cost of the protection. In addition, the ability of the Fund to take advantage of any protection feature depends on the creditworthiness of the issuer of the instrument.

Commodity-linked derivatives are generally hybrid instruments which are excluded from regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) and the rules thereunder. Additionally, from time to time the Fund may invest in other hybrid instruments that do not qualify for exemption from regulation under the CEA.

12 

Segregation and Cover Requirements. As an investment company registered with the SEC, the Fund must segregate liquid assets, or engage in other measures to “cover” open positions with respect to certain kinds of derivatives and other transactions. The Fund or the Underlying Funds may incur losses on derivatives and other leveraged investments (including the entire amount of a fund’s investment in such investments) even if they are covered. To the extent that a fund does not segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover its obligations under any such transactions (e.g., through offsetting positions), certain types of these transactions will be treated as senior securities representing leverage for purposes of the requirements under the 1940 Act; and, therefore, a fund may not enter into any such transactions if the fund’s leverage would thereby exceed the limits of the 1940 Act.

The Fund’s derivative transactions are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) or the SEC, with the result that, if the Fund does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Fund intends to designate on its books and records on an ongoing basis, cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s obligations with respect to such instruments. Such amounts may fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The earmarking requirement can result in the Fund maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so and otherwise restrict portfolio management.

In general, either the full amount of any obligation by the Fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by the securities or instruments required to be delivered, or, subject to any regulatory restrictions, an amount of liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation must be segregated with the custodian or sub-custodian of the Fund in accordance with established procedures. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. A call option on securities written by the Fund, for example, may require the Fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option sold by the Fund on an index may require the Fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis. A put option on securities written by the Fund may require the Fund to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the exercise price.

Over-the-counter options entered into by the Fund, including those on securities, financial instruments or indexes, and OCC-issued and exchange-listed index options will generally provide for cash settlement, although the Fund will not be required to do so. As a result, when the Fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of assets equal to its obligations under the options. OCC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by the Fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the Fund will segregate an amount of assets equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery.

In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, the Fund must deposit the initial margin and, in some instances, the daily variation margin in addition to segregating liquid assets sufficient to meet its obligations to purchase or provide securities or currencies, or to pay the amount owed at the expiration of an index-based futures contract. The Fund will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps over its entitlements with respect to each swap on a daily basis and will segregate with its custodian, or designated sub-custodian, an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value equal to at least the accrued excess. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of liquid assets with a value equal to the Fund’s net obligation, if any.

In the case of forward currency contracts that are not contractually required to cash settle, the Fund must set aside liquid assets equal to such contracts’ full notional value while the positions are open. With respect to forward currency contracts that are contractually required to cash settle, however, the Fund is permitted to set aside liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations (i.e., the Fund’s daily net liability) under the contracts, if any, rather than such contracts’ full notional value.

In the case of swaps that do not cash settle, the Fund must set aside liquid assets equal to the full notional amount of the swaps while the positions are open. With respect to swaps that cash settle, however, the Fund may set aside liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations (i.e., the Fund’s daily net liability) under the swaps, if any, rather than their full notional amount.

Derivatives may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. The Fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation in related derivatives. Other derivatives may also be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates at the time of or after the primary transaction, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated. The Fund reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future to comply with any changes in the positions from time to time articulated by the SEC or its staff regarding asset segregation.

Combined Transactions. The Fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts) and multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions (“component” transactions), instead of a single Derivative Transaction, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the opinion of the Adviser or Subadviser, it is in the best interests of the Fund to do so. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions are normally entered into based on the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase such risks or hinder achievement of the portfolio management objectives.

13 

Regulation as a “Commodity Pool.” CFTC Rule 4.5 requires operators of registered investment companies to either limit such investment companies’ use of futures, options on futures and swaps or register as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”) and submit to dual regulation by the CFTC and the SEC. In order to be able to comply with the exclusion from the CPO definition pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 with respect to the Fund, the Adviser must limit the Fund’s transactions in commodity futures, commodity option contracts and swaps for non-hedging purposes by either (a) limiting the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish non-hedging commodities positions to not more than 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on any such contract or (b) limiting the aggregate net notional value of non-hedging commodities positions to not more than 100% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions. In the event that the Fund’s transactions cannot be limited in such manner, the Adviser would no longer be excluded from the CPO definition and may be required to register as a CPO, and the Subadviser may be required to register as a commodity trading advisor (“CTA”). In the event the Adviser or the Subadviser is required to register as a CPO or CTA, as applicable, it will become subject to additional recordkeeping and reporting requirements with respect to the Fund. The Adviser has claimed an exclusion from the definition of a CPO with respect to the Fund under the amended rules. The Fund reserves the right to engage in transactions involving futures, options thereon and swaps in accordance with the Fund’s policies. The Fund does not anticipate that it will invest in commodity futures, commodity options contracts and swaps to an extent or in a manner that would require the Adviser and the Subadviser to register as a CPO or CTA (as applicable) in connection with their management of the Fund.

Exchange-Traded Funds. The Fund may invest in a range of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). When the Fund invests in sector ETFs, there is a risk that securities within the same group of industries will decline in price due to sector-specific market or economic developments. If the Fund invests more heavily in a particular sector, the value of its Common Shares may be especially sensitive to factors and economic risks that specifically affect that sector. As a result, the Fund’s Common Share price may fluctuate more widely than the value of shares of a mutual fund that invests in a broader range of industries. Additionally, some sectors could be subject to greater government regulation than other sectors. Therefore, changes in regulatory policies for those sectors may have a material effect on the value of securities issued by companies in those sectors. The sectors in which the Fund may be more heavily invested will vary.

The shares of an ETF may be assembled in a block (typically 25,000 or 50,000 shares) known as a creation unit and redeemed in-kind for a portfolio of the underlying securities (based on the ETF’s net asset value) together with a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends as of the date of redemption. Conversely, a creation unit may be purchased from the ETF by depositing a specified portfolio of the ETF’s underlying securities, as well as a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends of the securities (net of expenses) up to the time of deposit. The Fund may redeem creation units for the underlying securities (and any applicable cash), and may assemble a portfolio of the underlying securities and use it (and any required cash) to purchase creation units, if the Adviser or Subadviser believes it is in the Fund’s interest to do so. The Fund’s ability to redeem creation units may be limited by the 1940 Act, which provides that the ETFs will not be obligated to redeem shares held by the Fund in an amount exceeding one percent of their total outstanding securities during any period of less than 30 days.

There is a risk that the underlying ETFs in which the Fund invests may terminate due to extraordinary events that may cause any of the service providers to the ETFs, such as the trustee or sponsor, to close or otherwise fail to perform their obligations to the ETF. Also, because the ETFs in which the Fund intends to invest may be granted licenses by agreement to use the indices as a basis for determining their compositions and/or otherwise to use certain trade names, the ETFs may terminate if such license agreements are terminated. In addition, an ETF may terminate if its entire net asset value falls below a certain amount. Although the Fund believes that, in the event of the termination of an underlying ETF they will be able to invest instead in shares of an alternate ETF tracking the same market index or another market index with the same general market, there is no guarantee that shares of an alternate ETF would be available for investment at that time. To the extent the Fund invests in a sector product, the Fund will be subject to the risks associated with that sector. See “Additional Risks of Investing in the Fund—ETFs Risk.”

Exchange-Traded Notes. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”), which are a type of unsecured, unsubordinated debt security. ETNs combine certain aspects of bonds and ETFs. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are traded on a major exchange (e.g., the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”)) during normal trading hours, although trading volume can be limited. However, investors can also hold the ETN until maturity. At maturity, the issuer pays to the investor a cash amount equal to the principal amount, subject to the day’s index factor. ETN returns are based upon the performance of a market index minus applicable fees. ETNs do not make periodic coupon payments and provide no principal protection. The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced index. The value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying index remaining unchanged. See “Additional Risks of Investing in the Fund—ETNs Risk.”

14 

Foreign Investments. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in foreign securities. When foreign securities are denominated and traded in foreign currencies, the value of the Fund’s foreign investments and the value of its Common Shares may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar. There may be less information publicly available about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the U.S. The securities of some foreign issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Foreign brokerage commissions and other fees are also generally higher than in the U.S. Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations may involve certain risks (such as delay in payment or delivery of securities or in the recovery of the Fund’s assets held abroad) and expenses not present in the settlement of investments in U.S. markets. Payment for securities without delivery may be required in certain foreign markets.

In addition, foreign securities may be subject to the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of currency exchange controls or restrictions on the repatriation of foreign currency, confiscatory taxation, political or financial instability and diplomatic developments which could affect the value of the Fund’s investments in certain foreign countries. Governments of many countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector through the ownership or control of many companies, including some of the largest in these countries. As a result, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions which may adversely affect prices of certain portfolio securities. There is also generally less government supervision and regulation of stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the U.S. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, and special U.S. tax considerations may apply. Moreover, foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the U.S. or in other foreign countries. The laws of some foreign countries may limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities of certain issuers organized under the laws of those foreign countries.

Many foreign countries are heavily dependent upon exports, particularly to developed countries, and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the U.S. and other countries with which they trade. These economies also have been and may continue to be negatively impacted by economic conditions in the U.S. and other trading partners, which can lower the demand for goods produced in those countries.

Certain of the foregoing risks may also apply to some extent to securities of U.S. issuers that are denominated in foreign currencies or that are traded in foreign markets, or securities of U.S. issuers having significant foreign operations.

Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union and the potential for certain countries to withdraw from the institution has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the European Union (“EU”) could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of a fund’s portfolio investments. On June 23, 2016, the United Kingdom voted via referendum to leave the EU (“Brexit”), which led to volatility in the financial markets of the United Kingdom and more broadly across Europe as well as weakening consumer, corporate and financial confidence in such markets. The deadline for which terms of exit may be negotiated between the United Kingdom and the EU has been extended to October 31, 2019 (subject to further extension). The longer term economic, legal, political and social framework in the United Kingdom is unclear at this stage and is likely to lead to ongoing political, economic and legal uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the United Kingdom and in wider European markets for some time. In particular, the decision made in Brexit may lead to a call for similar referendums in other European jurisdictions which may cause increased economic volatility in the European and global markets. This mid- to long-term uncertainty may have an adverse effect on the economy generally and on the ability of the Fund to execute its strategies and achieve its investment objectives. In light of the above, no definitive assessment can currently be made regarding the impact that Brexit will have on the Fund or its investments.

High Yield Securities. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in high yield securities. High yield, high risk bonds are securities that are generally rated below investment grade by the primary rating agencies (BB+ or lower by S&P and Ba1 or lower by Moody’s). Other terms used to describe such securities include “lower rated bonds,” “non-investment grade bonds,” “below investment grade bonds,” and “junk bonds.” These securities are considered to be high-risk investments.

Illiquid Securities and Restricted Securities. Certain securities may be subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (“restricted securities”). Generally speaking, restricted securities may be sold: (i) only to qualified institutional buyers; (ii) in a privately negotiated transaction to a limited number of purchasers; (iii) in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration; or (iv) in a public offering for which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”). Issuers of restricted securities may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that would be applicable if their securities were publicly traded.

Restricted securities are often illiquid, but they may also be liquid. For example, restricted securities that are eligible for resale under Rule 144A are often deemed to be liquid. The Fund and Underlying Funds may also purchase securities that are not subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, but that are deemed illiquid. Such securities may be illiquid, for example, because there is a limited trading market for them.

The Fund or an Underlying Fund may be unable to sell a restricted or illiquid security. In addition, it may be more difficult to determine a market value for restricted or illiquid securities. Moreover, if adverse market conditions were to develop during the period between the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s decision to sell a restricted or illiquid security and the point at which the Fund or an Underlying Fund is permitted or able to sell such security, the Fund or an Underlying Fund might obtain a price less favorable than the price that prevailed when it decided to sell.

15 

Initial Public Offerings. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in securities issued as part of initial public offerings (“IPOs”). Shares purchased in IPOs frequently are volatile in price and the fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling shares, the fund may realize taxable capital gains that they will subsequently distribute to shareholders. Investing in IPOs has added risks because their shares are frequently volatile in price. As a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of the fund’s portfolio.

Investment Company Securities. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in the securities of other investment companies, including closed-end funds, open-end funds, ETFs, unit investment trusts and BDCs registered under the 1940 Act (collectively, the “Investment Companies”), to the extent permitted under applicable law and subject to certain restrictions.

In general, under sections 12(d)(1)(A) and 12(d)(1)(B) of the 1940 Act, a fund may hold securities of Investment Companies in amounts which (i) do not exceed 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of an Investment Company, (ii) do not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and (iii) when added to all other Investment Company securities held by the Fund or an Underlying Fund, do not exceed 10% of the value of the Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s total assets. However, these limits may be exceeded when permitted by SEC order or other applicable law or regulatory guidance.

In addition, to comply with provisions of the 1940 Act, in any matter upon which Investment Company stockholders are solicited to vote, the Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable, may be required to vote Investment Company shares in the same proportion as shares held by other stockholders of the Investment Company.

Acquired funds typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Fund or an Underlying Fund. The Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s purchase of Investment Company securities results in the layering of expenses as shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such Investment Companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund or Underlying Fund expenses. In addition, the securities of Investment Companies may also be leveraged and will therefore will be subject to certain leverage risks. The NAV and market value of leveraged securities will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged securities. Investment Companies may also have investment policies that differ from those of the Fund or an Underlying Fund.

Under certain circumstances an open-end investment company in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests may determine to make a payment of a redemption by the Fund or an Underlying Fund wholly or in part by a distribution in kind of securities from its portfolio, instead of in cash. As a result, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may hold such securities until the Adviser, Subadviser or manager of the Underlying Fund, as applicable, determines it is appropriate to dispose of them. Such disposition will impose additional costs on the Fund or an Underlying Fund.

Investment decisions by the investment advisers to the registered investment companies in which the Fund invests are made independently of the Fund. At any particular time, an Underlying Fund may be purchasing shares of an issuer whose shares are being sold by another Underlying Fund. As a result, under these circumstances the Fund indirectly would incur certain transactional costs without accomplishing any investment purpose. See also “—Exchange Traded Funds” and “—Business Development Companies.”

Investment Grade Debt Securities. Investment grade securities are those rated “Baa” or higher by Moody’s or “BBB” or higher by S&P or rated similarly by another NRSRO or, if unrated, judged to be of equivalent quality as determined by the Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable. Moody’s considers bonds it rates “Baa” to have speculative elements as well as investment-grade characteristics. To the extent that the Fund invests in higher-grade securities, the Fund will not be able to avail itself of opportunities for higher income which may be available at lower grades.

Master Limited Partnerships. The Underlying Funds may invest in master limited partnerships (“MLPs”). Investments in publicly traded MLPs, which are limited partnerships or limited liability companies taxable as partnerships, involve some risks that differ from an investment in the common stock of a corporation, including risks related to limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting MLPs, risks related to potential conflicts of interest between an MLP and the MLP’s general partner, cash flow risks, dilution risks and risks related to the general partner’s right to require unit-holders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price. MLPs may derive income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil, or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resources. MLPs may be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Certain MLP securities may trade in lower volumes due to their smaller capitalizations. Accordingly, those MLPs may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable an Underlying Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price. As a result, these investments may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price at the times when an Underlying Fund believes it is desirable to do so. MLPs are generally considered interest-rate sensitive investments. During periods of interest rate volatility, these investments may not provide attractive returns, which may adversely impact the overall performance of the Fund or an Underlying Fund. The benefit an Underlying Fund will derive from its investment in MLPs will be largely dependent on the MLPs being treated as partnerships and not as corporations for federal income tax purposes. Therefore, treatment of an MLP as a corporation for federal income tax purposes would result in a reduction in the after-tax return to an Underlying Fund.

16 

Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities, including commercial mortgage-backed securities. Traditionally, residential mortgage-backed securities have been issued by governmental agencies such as the Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Non-governmental entities that have issued or sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities offerings include savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, insurance companies, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. While residential loans do not typically have prepayment penalties or restrictions, they are often structured so that subordinated classes may be locked out of prepayments for a period of time. However, in a period of extremely rapid prepayments, during which senior classes may be retired faster than expected, the subordinated classes may receive unscheduled payments of principal and would have average lives that, while longer than the average lives of the senior classes, would be shorter than originally expected. The types of residential mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may include the following:

Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. The Fund may invest in mortgage pass-through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans originated by the U.S. government and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semi-annually) and principal payments at maturity or on specified call dates. Mortgage pass-through securities provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. The guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities in which the Fund may invest are those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

Private Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Private mortgage pass-through securities (“Private Pass-Throughs”) are structured similarly to the Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage pass-through securities described above and are issued by originators of and investors in mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Private Pass-Throughs are usually backed by a pool of conventional fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans.

Since Private Pass-Throughs typically are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Typically, CMOs are collateralized by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or Private Pass-Throughs (such collateral collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”).

Multi-class pass-through securities are equity interests in a pool of Mortgage Assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include multi-class pass-through securities. Payments of principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, allow the Fund to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multi-class pass-through securities. CMOs may be sponsored by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Under current law, every newly created CMO issuer must elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (a “REMIC”).

In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways. In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full.

17 

The Fund may also invest in, among others, parallel pay CMOs and Planned Amortization Class CMOs (PAC Bonds). Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date.

Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The National Housing Act of 1934, as amended (the “Housing Act”), authorizes Ginnie Mae to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and interest on certificates that are based on and backed by a pool of mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration under the Housing Act, or Title V of the Housing Act of 1949 (“FHA Loans”), or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration under the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended (“VA Loans”), or by pools of other eligible mortgage loans. The Housing Act provides that the full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of all amounts that may be required to be paid under any guarantee.

The Ginnie Mae Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buydown” mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be FHA Loans or VA Loans and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully-amortizing loans secured by first liens on one-to-four family housing units.

Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act. Fannie Mae was originally established in 1938 as a U.S. government agency to provide supplemental liquidity to the mortgage market and was transformed into a stockholder owned and privately-managed corporation by legislation enacted in 1968. Fannie Mae provides funds to the mortgage market primarily by purchasing home mortgage loans from local lenders, thereby replenishing their funds for additional lending. Fannie Mae acquires funds to purchase home mortgage loans from many capital market investors that may not ordinarily invest in mortgage loans directly, thereby expanding the total amount of funds available for housing.

Each Fannie Mae Certificate entitles the registered holder thereof to receive amounts representing such holder’s pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such Fannie Mae Certificate’s pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such Fannie Mae Certificate and such holder’s proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Fannie Mae Certificate will be guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. In order to meet its obligations under such guarantee, Fannie Mae is authorized to borrow from the U.S. Treasury.

Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate California mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.

Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended (the “FHLMC Act”). Freddie Mac was established primarily for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for the financing of needed housing. The principal activity of Freddie Mac currently consists of the purchase of first lien, conventional, residential mortgage loans and participation interests in such mortgage loans and the resale of the mortgage loans so purchased in the form of mortgage securities, primarily Freddie Mac Certificates.

Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate the timely payment of interest at the rate provided for by such Freddie Mac Certificate, whether or not received. Freddie Mac also guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not generally guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following (i) foreclosure sale, (ii) payment of a claim by any mortgage insurer, or (iii) the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for acceleration of payment of principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

18 

Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one-to-four family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Federal Home Loan Bank Securities. The Federal Home Loan Bank system (“FHLB”) was created in 1932 pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (the “FHLB Act”). The FHLB was created to support residential mortgage lending and community investment. The FHLB consists of 12 member banks which are owned by over 8,000 member community financial institutions. The FHLB provides liquidity for housing finance and community development by making direct loans to these community financial institutions, and through two FHLB mortgage programs, which help expand home ownership by giving lenders an alternative option for mortgage funding. Each member financial institution (typically a bank or savings and loan) is a shareholder in one or more of 12 regional FHLB banks, which are privately capitalized, separate corporate entities.

Federal oversight, in conjunction with normal bank regulation and shareholder vigilance, assures that the 12 regional FHLB banks will remain conservatively managed and well capitalized. The FHLB banks are among the largest providers of mortgage credit in the U.S.

The FHLB is also one of the world’s largest private issuers of fixed-income debt securities, and the Office of Finance serves as the FHLB’s central debt issuance facility. Debt is issued in the global capital markets and the Fund is channeled to member financial institutions to fund mortgages, community development, and affordable housing.

Securities issued by the FHLB are not obligations of the U.S. government and are not guaranteed by the U.S. government. The FHLB may issue either bonds or discount notes. The securities, issued pursuant to the FHLB Act, are joint and several unsecured general obligations of the FHLB banks. The bonds or discount notes will not limit other indebtedness that the FHLB banks may incur and they will not contain any financial or similar restrictions on the FHLB banks or any restrictions on their ability to secure other indebtedness. Under the FHLB Act, the FHLB banks may incur other indebtedness such as secured joint and several obligations of the FHLB banks and unsecured joint and several obligations of the FHLB banks, as well as obligations of individual FHLB banks (although current Federal Housing Finance Board rules prohibit their issuance).

Municipal Securities. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in municipal securities, which are securities that share the attributes of fixed income securities in general but are issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities. Although the interest earned on many municipal securities is exempt from federal income tax, the Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in taxable municipal securities as well.

The municipal securities in which the Fund and the Underlying Funds may purchase include general obligation bonds and limited obligation bonds (or revenue bonds), including industrial development bonds issued pursuant to former federal tax law. General obligation bonds are obligations involving the credit of an issuer possessing taxing power and are payable from such issuer’s general revenues and not from any particular source. Limited obligation bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Tax-exempt private activity bonds and industrial development bonds generally are also revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the issuer’s general revenues. The credit and quality of private activity bonds and industrial development bonds are usually related to the credit of the corporate user of the facilities. Payment of interest on and repayment of principal of such bonds is the responsibility of the corporate user (and/or any guarantor).

Under the Code, certain limited obligation bonds are considered “private activity bonds” and interest paid on such bonds is treated as an item of tax preference for purposes of calculating federal alternative minimum tax liability.

Payment-In-Kind Securities. As part of a non-principal portfolio emphasis of the Fund, the Fund may invest in payment-in-kind (“PIK”) securities. A PIK security generally is able pay any scheduled interest payment in additional securities, rather than cash. The higher yield and interest rates on PIK securities reflects a payment deferral and increased credit risk associated with such instruments and that such investments may represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans. PIK securities may have unreliable valuations because their continuing accruals require continuing judgments about the collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral.

19 

Preferred Securities. Preferred securities represent an equity ownership interest in the issuer and has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and generally as to dividends as well), but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects. Some preferred securities also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock. As a general rule, the market value of preferred securities with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred securities generally also reflects some element of conversion value. Because preferred securities are junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of preferred securities than in a more senior debt security with similarly stated yield characteristics. The market value of preferred securities will also generally reflect whether (and, if so, when) the issuer may force holders to sell their preferred securities back to the issuer and whether (and, if so, when) the holders may force the issuer to buy back their preferred securities. Generally, the right of the issuer to repurchase the preferred securities tends to reduce any premium that the preferred securities might otherwise trade at due to interest rate or credit factors, while the right of the holders to require the issuer to repurchase the preferred securities tends to reduce any discount that the preferred securities might otherwise trade at due to interest rate or credit factors. In addition, some preferred securities are non-cumulative, meaning that the dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. A portion of the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s portfolio may include investments in non-cumulative preferred securities, whereby the issuer does not have an obligation to make up any arrearages to its shareholders. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on non-cumulative preferred securities in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests will be declared or otherwise paid. Preferred securities of certain companies offer the opportunity for capital appreciation as well as periodic income. This may be particularly true in the case of companies that have performed below expectations. If a company’s performance has been poor enough, its preferred securities may trade more like common stock than like other fixed income securities, which may result in above average appreciation if the company’s performance improves.

Real Estate Investment Trusts. Real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) are typically publicly-traded corporations or trusts that invest in residential or commercial real estate. REITs generally can be divided into the following three types: (i) equity REITs, which invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains or real estate appreciation; (ii) mortgage REITs, which invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgage loans and derive their income primarily from interest payments; and (iii) hybrid REITs which combine the characteristics of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. Generally, dividends received by the Fund from REIT shares and distributed to the Fund’s shareholders are not likely to constitute “qualified dividend income” eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income; therefore, the portion of the dividend income attributable to REIT shares held by the Fund that shareholders of the Fund receive will likely be treated as ordinary income and taxed at a higher rate than dividends eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to expenses paid by the Fund.

Investment in REITs may subject the Fund to risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate, such as decreases in real estate values, overbuilding, increased competition and other risks related to local or general economic conditions, increases in operating costs and property taxes, changes in zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, possible environmental liabilities, regulatory limitations on rent and fluctuations in rental income. Equity REITs generally experience these risks directly through fee or leasehold interests, whereas mortgage REITs generally experience these risks indirectly through mortgage interests, unless the mortgage REIT forecloses on the underlying real estate. Changes in interest rates may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in REITs. For instance, during periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay, which prepayment may diminish the yield on securities issued by those REITs.

Certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations, which may tend to increase the volatility of the market price of their securities. Furthermore, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills and have limited diversification and are, therefore, subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code and to maintain exemption from the registration requirements of the 1940 Act. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. In addition, REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders.

Senior Loans. Senior floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”) may be made to or issued by U.S. or non-U.S. banks or other corporations. Senior Loans include senior floating rate loans and institutionally-traded senior floating rate debt obligations issued by asset-backed pools and other issues, and interests therein. Senior Loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions that have made loans or are members of a lending syndicate or from other holders of loan interests. Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates which are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, “LIBOR”) plus a premium. Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality. Senior Loans generally (but not always) hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral.

20 

Such banks may also act as agents for Senior Loans held by the Fund. To the extent that the collateral, if any, securing a Senior Loan consists of the stock of the borrower’s subsidiaries or other affiliates, the Fund will be subject to the risk that this stock will decline in value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Senior Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral. In addition, a Senior Loan may be guaranteed by, or fully secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the Senior Loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the borrower. There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a secured Senior Loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the secured Senior Loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for such Senior Loan.

If a borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court potentially could invalidate the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral or subordinate the Fund’s rights under a secured Senior Loan to the interests of the borrower’s unsecured creditors. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the borrower did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Fund. For secured Senior Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of such loan were not received or retained by the borrower, but were instead paid to other persons, such as shareholders of the borrower, in an amount which left the borrower insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral. If the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or a secured Senior Loan is subordinated to other debt of a borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, it is unlikely that the Fund would be able to recover the full amount of the principal and interest due on the secured Senior Loan.

Temporary Investments and Defensive Position. During the period where the net proceeds of an offering of Securities under this Prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement are being invested or during periods in which the Adviser or Subadviser determines that it is temporarily unable to follow the Fund’s investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so, the Fund may deviate from its investment strategy and invest all or any portion of its net assets in cash, cash equivalents or other securities. The Adviser’s or Subadviser’s determination that it is temporarily unable to follow the Fund’s investment strategy or that it is impracticable to do so generally will occur only in situations in which a market disruption event has occurred and where trading in the securities selected through application of the Fund’s investment strategy is extremely limited or absent. In such a case, the Fund may not pursue or achieve its investment objective.

Cash and cash equivalents are defined to include, without limitation, the following:

(1) U.S. Government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. Government agency securities include securities issued by: (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and the Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. Government provides financial support to such U.S. Government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. Government, its agencies, and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.

(2) Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) regulations, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $250,000, therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured.

(3) Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Fund purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash. Pursuant to the Fund’s policies and procedures, the Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable, monitors the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. The Adviser or Subadviser does so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.

21 

(4) Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time. The Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable, will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity measures) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a NRSRO and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest.

(5) The Fund may invest in bankers’ acceptances which are short-term credit instruments used to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of interest for a specific maturity.

(6) The Fund may invest in bank time deposits, which are monies kept on deposit with banks or savings and loan associations for a stated period of time at a fixed rate of interest. There may be penalties for the early withdrawal of such time deposits, in which case the yields of these investments will be reduced.

(7) The Fund may invest in shares of money market funds in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act.

Additional Risks of Investing in the Fund

American Depositary Receipts Risk. Sponsored and unsponsored ADRs are receipts issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer. ADRs, in sponsored form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets. A sponsoring company provides financial information to the bank and may subsidize administration of the ADR. Unsponsored ADRs may be created by a broker-dealer or depository bank without the participation of the foreign issuer. Holders of these ADRs generally bear all the costs of the ADR facility, whereas foreign issuers typically bear certain costs in a sponsored ADR. The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored ADR may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign issuer or to pass through voting rights. Unsponsored ADRs may carry more risk than sponsored ADRs because of the absence of financial information provided by the underlying company. Many of the risks described above regarding foreign securities apply to investments in ADRs. 

Below Investment Grade Securities. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in below investment grade securities, which are commonly referred to as “junk” or “high yield” securities. These securities are considered to be high-risk investments. The risks include the following:

• Greater Risk of Loss. These securities are regarded as predominately speculative. There is a greater risk that issuers of lower-rated securities will default than issuers of higher-rated securities. Issuers of lower-rated securities generally are less creditworthy and may be highly indebted, financially distressed or bankrupt. These issuers are more vulnerable to real or perceived economic changes, political changes or adverse industry developments. In addition, below investment grade securities are frequently subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. If an issuer fails to pay principal or interest, the fund would experience a decrease in income and a decline in the market value of its investments. The fund also may incur additional expenses in seeking recovery from the issuer.

• Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes. The income and market value of lower-rated securities may fluctuate more than higher-rated securities. Although certain below investment grade securities may be less sensitive to interest rate changes than investment grade securities, below investment grade securities generally are more sensitive to short-term corporate, economic and market developments. During periods of economic uncertainty and change, the market price of the investments in lower-rated securities may be volatile. The default rate for high yield bonds tends to be cyclical, with defaults rising in periods of economic downturn.

• Valuation Difficulties. It is often more difficult to value lower-rated securities than higher-rated securities. If an issuer’s financial condition deteriorates, accurate financial and business information may be limited or unavailable. In addition, the lower-rated investments may be thinly traded and there may be no established secondary market. Because of the lack of market pricing and current information for investments in lower-rated securities, valuation of such investments is much more dependent on judgment than is the case with higher-rated securities.

22 

• Liquidity. There may be no established secondary or public market for investments in lower-rated securities. Such securities are frequently traded in markets that may be relatively less liquid than the market for higher-rated securities. In addition, relatively few institutional purchasers may hold a major portion of an issue of lower-rated securities at times. As a result, lower-rated securities may be required to be sold at substantial losses or retained indefinitely even where an issuer’s financial condition is deteriorating.

• Credit Quality. Credit quality of below investment grade securities can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently-issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks posed by a particular below investment grade security.

• New Legislation. Future legislation may have a possible negative impact on the market for below investment grade securities.

Currency Risk. The value of securities denominated or quoted in foreign currencies may be adversely affected by fluctuations in the relative currency exchange rates and by exchange control regulations. The Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investment performance may be negatively affected by a devaluation of a currency in which the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investments are denominated or quoted. Further, the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investment performance may be significantly affected, either positively or negatively, by currency exchange rates because the U.S. dollar value of securities denominated or quoted in another currency will increase or decrease in response to changes in the value of such currency in relation to the U.S. dollar.

Deflation Risk. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time, which may have an adverse effect on the market valuation of companies, their assets and revenues. In addition, deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

ETFs Risk. To the extent the Fund invests a portion of its Managed Assets in ETFs, those assets will be subject to the risks of the purchased funds’ portfolio securities, and a shareholder in the Fund will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses, but also indirectly the expenses of the purchased funds. Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other funds. The Fund’s investments in other funds also are subject to the ability of the managers of those funds to achieve the funds’ investment objective(s).

Risks associated with investments in ETFs may generally include the risks described in the Prospectus associated with the Fund’s structure as a closed-end fund, including market risk. Most ETFs are investment companies that aim to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. Most ETFs are passively managed and their shares are traded on a national exchange. ETFs do not sell individual shares directly to investors and only issue their shares in large blocks known as “creation units.” The investor purchasing a creation unit may sell the individual shares on a secondary market. Therefore, the liquidity of ETFs depends on the adequacy of the secondary market. There can be no assurance that an ETF’s investment objective(s) will be achieved. ETFs based on an index may not replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weightings of securities in the index. ETFs are subject to the risks of investing in the underlying securities. ETF shares may trade at a premium or discount to their NAV. As ETFs trade on an exchange, they are subject to the risks of any exchange-traded instrument, including: (i) an active trading market for its shares may not develop or be maintained, (ii) trading of its shares may be halted by the exchange, and (iii) its shares may be delisted from the exchange. Some ETFs are highly leveraged and therefore will expose the Fund to risks posed by leverage, including the risk that the use of leverage by an ETF can magnify the effect of any of its losses.

ETNs Risk. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”), which are notes representing unsecured debt issued by an underwriting bank. ETNs are typically linked to the performance of an index plus a specified rate of interest that could be earned on cash collateral. The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced index. ETNs typically mature 30 years from the date of issue. The ETN issuer’s credit rating will be investment grade at the time of investment, however, the credit rating may be revised or withdrawn at any time and there is no assurance that a credit rating will remain in effect for any given time period. If a rating agency lowers the issuer’s credit rating, the value of the ETN will decline and a lower credit rating reflects a greater risk that the issuer will default on its obligation. When a fund invests in ETNs, it will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses associated with investment in such securities. Such fees reduce the amount of return on investment at maturity or upon redemption. There may be restrictions on a fund’s right to liquidate its investment in an ETN prior to maturity (for example, a fund may only be able to offer its ETN for repurchase by the issuer on a weekly basis), since ETNs are meant to be held until maturity. A fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market.

Fixed Income Securities Risk. In addition to the risks described elsewhere in this SAI, such as below investment grade securities risk, fixed income securities in which the Fund may invest are subject to certain other risks, including the following. These risks may also pertain to the loans in which the Fund may invest.

• Issuer Risk. The value of fixed income securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and projected earnings, and the value of its assets. Changes in an issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer.

23 

• Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that fixed income securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of fixed income securities generally will fall. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels. Market value generally falls further for fixed rate securities with longer duration. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may be extended because of slower than expected prepayments. This may lock in a below-market yield, increase the security’s duration and further reduce the value of the security. Investments in fixed income securities with long-term maturities may experience significant price declines if long-term interest rates increase. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund’s NAV. Since the magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater at times when the Fund’s average maturity is longer, under certain market conditions the Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, accept lower current income from short-term investments rather than investing in higher yielding long-term securities.

• Liquidity Risk. Certain fixed income securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks traded on an exchange. Illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books.

• Prepayment Risk. During periods of declining interest rates, the issuer of a security may exercise its option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayment in lower yielding securities, which may result in a decline in the Fund’s income and distributions to shareholders. This is known as call or prepayment risk. Certain fixed income securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security prior to its stated maturity. An issuer may redeem an obligation if the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer. If the Fund bought a security at a premium, the premium could be lost in the event of a prepayment.

• Reinvestment Risk. Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called securities at market interest rates that are below the Fund portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or the overall return of the Fund.

Inflation Risk. Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline.

Initial Public Offerings Risks. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may purchase securities in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). Because securities sold in an IPO frequently are volatile in price, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of a fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to a fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling shares, a fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. Investing in IPOs has added risks because the shares are frequently volatile in price. As a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of a fund’s portfolio.

The Fund’s IPO investments may be in IPOs of Underlying Funds. There is a significant risk that the shares of closed-end funds purchased in an IPO will trade at a price below their IPO price.

Legislation and Regulatory Risks. The Fund and the Underlying Funds are subject to legislation and regulatory risks. For example, on July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, established a ten-member Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “Council”), an interagency body chaired by the Secretary of the Treasury, to identify and manage systemic risk in the financial system and improve interagency cooperation. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Council has the authority to review the activities of certain nonbank financial firms engaged in financial activities that are designated as “systemically important,” meaning, among other things, that the distress of the financial firm would threaten the stability of the U.S. economy. On July 8, 2013, September 19, 2013, and December 18, 2014, respectively, the Council made designations of four nonbank financial companies for Federal Reserve supervision. If the Fund were designated, it would result in increased regulation of the Fund’s business, including higher standards on capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management, credit exposure reporting and concentration limits, restrictions on acquisitions and annual stress tests by the Federal Reserve. On December 18, 2014, the Council released a notice seeking public comment on the potential risks posed by aspects of the asset management industry, including whether asset management products and activities may pose potential risks to the U.S. financial system in the areas of liquidity and redemptions, leverage, operational functions, and resolution, or in other areas.

The Dodd-Frank Act also imposes stringent regulation on the over-the-counter derivatives market in an attempt to increase transparency and accountability; and provides for, among other things, new clearing, execution, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, business conduct, disclosure, position limit, minimum net capital and registration requirements. Although the CFTC has released final rules relating to clearing, execution, reporting, risk management, compliance, position limit, anti-fraud, consumer protection, portfolio reconciliation, documentation, recordkeeping, business conduct and registration requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act, many of the provisions could be subject to further rulemaking, and thus the Dodd-Frank Act’s ultimate impact on the derivatives market remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict our ability to engage in derivative transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivative transactions no longer available to the Fund), increase the costs of using these instruments (for example, by increasing margin, capital or reporting requirements) and/or make them less effective and, as a result, the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Fund engages in derivative transactions could also prevent the Fund from using these instruments, affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments or may change availability of certain investments. It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk. For instance, in December 2012, the CFTC issued a final rule requiring certain credit default swaps and interest rate swaps to be centrally cleared, which is applicable to all swap counterparties not eligible for certain narrowly-defined exemption or exceptions. Such clearing requirement may affect the Fund’s ability to negotiate individualized terms and/or may increase the costs of entering into such derivative transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements). Any additional clearing mandates with respect to other types of swaps could have additional impact on the Fund’s ability to use swap transactions as part of its investment strategy.

For entities designated by the CFTC or the SEC as “swap dealers,” “security-based swaps dealers,” “major swap participants” or major “security-based swap participants,” the Dodd-Frank Act imposes new regulatory, reporting and compliance requirements. On May 23, 2012, a joint final rulemaking by the CFTC and the SEC defining these key terms was published in the Federal Register. Based on those definitions, the Fund would not be a swap dealer, security-based swap dealer, major swap participant or security-based major swap participant at this time. If the Fund is later designated as a swap dealer, security-based swap dealer, major swap participant or major security-based swap participant, its business will be subject to increased regulation, including registration requirements, additional recordkeeping and reporting obligations, external and internal business conduct standards, position limits monitoring and capital and margin thresholds.

24 

On December 11, 2015, the SEC published a proposed rule that, if adopted, would change the regulation of the use of derivative instruments and financial commitment transactions by registered investment companies. The SEC sought public comments on numerous aspects of the proposed rule, and as a result the nature of any final regulations is uncertain at this time. Such regulations could limit the implementation of the Fund’s use of derivatives and reverse repurchase agreement transactions and impose additional compliance costs on the Fund, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund. The Adviser and Subadviser cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser and Subadviser intend to monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be assurance that they will be successful in doing so.

Non-U.S. Securities Risk. The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers. Investing in such instruments, which are generally denominated in non-U.S. currencies, may involve certain risks not typically associated with investing in securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include: (i) there may be less publicly available information about non-U.S. issuers or markets due to less rigorous disclosure or accounting standards or regulatory practices; (ii) non-U.S. markets may be smaller, less liquid and more volatile than the U.S. market; (iii) potential adverse effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates or controls on the value of the Fund’s investments; (iv) the economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at slower rates than expected or may experience a downturn or recession; (v) the impact of economic, political, social or diplomatic events; (vi) certain non-U.S. countries may impose restrictions on the ability of non-U.S. issuers to make payments of principal and interest to investors located in the United States due to blockage of non-U.S. currency exchanges or otherwise; and (vii) withholding and other non-U.S. taxes may decrease the Fund’s return. Foreign companies are generally not subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards as are U.S. companies. In addition, there may be difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment abroad. These risks may be more pronounced to the extent that the Fund invests a significant amount of its assets in companies or borrowers located in one region or in emerging markets.

Preferred Stock Risk. Preferred stocks are unique securities that combine some of the characteristics of both common stocks and bonds. See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Preferred Securities” and “—Fixed Income Securities Risk” above. In addition to the risks described elsewhere in this section, such as those described for common stock and fixed income securities, including interest rate risk, preferred stocks are subject to certain other risks, including:

• Deferral and Omission Risk. Preferred stocks may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer or omit distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer.

• Subordination Risk. Preferred stocks are generally subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income, claims to corporate assets and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.

• Floating Rate and Fixed-to-Floating Rate Securities Risk. The market value of floating rate securities is a reflection of discounted expected cash flows based on expectations for future interest rate resets. The market value of such securities may fall in a declining interest rate environment and may also fall in a rising interest rate environment if there is a lag between the rise in interest rates and the reset. This risk may also be present with respect to fixed-to-floating rate securities in which the Fund may invest. A secondary risk associated with declining interest rates is the risk that income earned by the Fund on floating rate and fixed-to-floating rate securities may decline due to lower coupon payments on floating-rate securities.

• Call and Reinvestment Risk. During periods of declining interest rates or certain varying circumstances, an issuer may be able to exercise an option to redeem its issue at par earlier than scheduled, which is generally known as call risk. If this occurs, the Fund may be forced to reinvest in lower yielding securities.

• Limited Voting Rights Risk. Generally, traditional preferred stock offers no voting rights with respect to the issuer unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred stockholders may have the ability to elect a director or directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred stockholders no longer have voting rights.

• Special Redemption Rights. In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred stock may redeem the securities prior to their scheduled call or maturity date. As with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Fund.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk. If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Fund would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.

Short Sale Risks. Because a loss on a short sale arises from increases in the value of the security sold short, the loss is theoretically unlimited. In certain cases, purchasing a security to cover a short position can itself cause the price of the security to rise further, which would exacerbate the loss. Conversely, gains on short sales, after transaction and related costs, are generally the difference between the price at which a fund sold the borrowed security and the price it paid to purchase the security for delivery to the buyer. By contrast, a fund’s loss on a long position arises from decreases in the value of the security and is limited by the fact that a security’s value cannot drop below zero.

By investing the proceeds received from selling securities short, the Fund or the Underlying Fund is using a form of leverage, which creates special risks. The use of leverage may increase the fund’s exposure to long equity positions and make any change in the fund’s net asset value greater than it would be without the use of leverage. This could result in increased volatility of returns. There is no guarantee that the fund will continue to leverage its portfolio or that the fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful. The fund also cannot guarantee that the use of leverage by the Fund or an Underlying Fund will produce a higher return on an investment.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Investment Adviser

RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC is the investment adviser for the Fund pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement. RiverNorth is headquartered at 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654. Under the oversight of the Board of Directors, the Adviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio, managing the Fund’s business affairs and providing certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services. The Adviser is also responsible for determining the Fund’s overall investment strategy and overseeing its implementation. Subject to the ranges noted above, the Adviser determines the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations. Founded in 2000, RiverNorth is registered with the SEC and as of June 30, 2019 managed approximately $3.8 billion for registered open-end management investment companies, registered closed-end management investment companies and private investment vehicles. Patrick W. Galley, a portfolio manager of the Fund, and Brian H. Schmucker, each own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% of RiverNorth Holding Co., the indirect parent company of the Adviser and is deemed to control the Adviser.

25 

Investment Subadviser

DoubleLine^® Capital LP is the Fund’s subadviser and is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy. Founded in 2009, the Subadviser is located at 333 South Grand Avenue, 18th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071. The Subadviser is registered with the SEC and as of June 30, 2019, managed approximately $140 billion for individuals and institutions.

Investment Advisory Agreement and Subadvisory Agreement

For its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Fund pays the Adviser a monthly management fee computed at the annual rate of 1.00% of the average daily Managed Assets. Pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement, the Adviser has delegated daily management of the Fund’s Opportunistic Income Strategy to the Subadviser, who is paid by the Adviser and not the Fund. The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay the Subadviser a subadvisory fee payable on a monthly basis at the annual rate of 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets for the service it provides. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding). In addition to the monthly advisory fee, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including, but not limited to, compensation of its directors (other than those affiliated with the Adviser, who are not compensated), custodial expenses, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of any leverage, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.

If the Fund determines to continue to use leverage, the fees paid to the Adviser and Subadviser for investment management services will continue to be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on Managed Assets, which would include assets attributable to leverage. Because the fees paid to the Adviser and Subadviser are determined on the basis of Managed Assets, this creates a conflict of interest for the Adviser and Subadviser. The Board of Directors monitors the Fund’s use of leverage and in doing so monitors this potential conflict.

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser shall not be liable for any act or omission connected with or arising out of any services to be rendered under such agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by the Adviser of its obligations and duties under such agreement.

The Adviser will make available, without additional expense to the Fund, the services of such of its officers, directors and employees as may be duly elected as officers or directors of the Fund, subject to the individual consent of such persons to serve and to any limitations imposed by law. The Adviser will pay all expenses incurred in performing its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including compensation of and office space for directors, officers and employees of the Adviser connected with management of the Fund. The Fund will be required to pay brokerage and other expenses of executing the Fund’s portfolio transactions; taxes or governmental fees; interest charges and other costs of borrowing funds; litigation and indemnification expenses and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business.

The Investment Advisory Agreement shall remain in effect from year to year if approved annually (i) by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by a vote of the Fund’s Board of Directors, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Board of Directors who are not parties to the Investment Advisory Agreement, or “interested persons” of any party to the Investment Advisory Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Subadvisory Agreement shall remain in effect from year to year if approved annually by the Fund’s Board of Directors or a vote of the lesser of (x) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if shareholders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy or (y) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund; provided that in either event its continuance is also approved by a majority of the Fund’s directors who are not “interested persons” of any party to the Subadvisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. In addition, but subject to the rights of the directors who are not “interested persons,” the Fund’s Charter requires the favorable vote of two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors to advise, approve, adopt or authorize entering into, terminating or amending the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreement, which supermajority voting requirement is greater than the minimum voting requirement under the 1940 Act. Information regarding the Board of Directors’ most recent approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement is or will be made available in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report to shareholders. The Investment Advisory Agreement will terminate upon assignment by any party and is terminable, without penalty, on 60 days’ written notice by the Board of Directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or upon 60 days’ written notice by the Adviser.

The total dollar amount paid by the Fund to the Adviser for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, June 30, 2018 and for the fiscal period from September 28, 2016 through June 30, 2017 (commencement of operation), were $2,726,026, $2,872,854 and $2,006,103, respectively. See “Summary Of Fund Expenses” in the Prospectus.

Portfolio Managers

Patrick W. Galley and Stephen O’Neill are co-portfolio managers for the Fund for the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.

Patrick W. Galley, CFA is a portfolio manager of the Fund. Mr. Galley is the Chief Investment Officer for the Adviser. Mr. Galley heads the Adviser’s research and investment team and oversees all portfolio management activities at the Adviser. Mr. Galley also serves as the President and Chairman of the RiverNorth Funds. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2004, he was most recently a Vice President at Bank of America in the Global Investment Bank’s Portfolio Management group, where he specialized in analyzing and structuring corporate transactions for investment management firms in addition to closed-end and open-end funds, hedge funds, funds of funds, structured investment vehicles and insurance/reinsurance companies. Mr. Galley graduated with honors from Rochester Institute of Technology with a B.S. in Finance. He has received the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) designation, is a member of the CFA Institute and is a member of the CFA Society of Chicago.

26 

Stephen O’Neill, CFA is the Fund’s co-portfolio manager. Mr. O’Neill conducts qualitative and quantitative analysis of closed-end funds and their respective asset classes. Prior to joining RiverNorth Capital, Mr. O’Neill was most recently an Assistant Vice President at Bank of America in the Global Investment Bank’s Portfolio Management group. At Bank of America, he specialized in the corporate real estate, asset management and structured finance industries. Mr. O’Neill graduated magna cum laude from Miami University in Oxford, Ohio with a B.S. in Finance. Mr. O’Neill has received the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA^®) designation, is a member of the CFA Institute and is a member of the CFA Society of Chicago.

Jeffrey E. Gundlach and Jeffrey J. Sherman are co-portfolio managers for the Fund for the Opportunistic Income Strategy.

Mr. Gundlach is the founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Subadviser. He is also the Chairman of the Subadviser’s Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee. Mr. Gundlach is a graduate of Dartmouth College, summa cum laude, with degrees in Mathematics and Philosophy. He attended Yale University as a Ph.D. candidate in Mathematics.

Mr. Sherman joined the Subadviser in December 2009. He is the Deputy Chief Investment Officer, participates on the Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee and is a portfolio manager for derivative-based and multi-asset strategies. Mr. Sherman was previously a statistics and mathematics instructor at both the University of the Pacific and Florida State University. Mr. Sherman holds a B.S. in Applied Mathematics from the University of the Pacific and a M.S. in Financial Engineering from the Claremont Graduate University. He is a CFA charterholder.

Compensation of Portfolio Managers

RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC

Mr. Galley’s and Mr. O’Neill’s total compensation includes a base salary fixed from year to year and a variable performance bonus consisting of cash incentives, which may include mandatory notional investments in the Fund. The amounts paid to Mr. Galley and Mr. O’Neill are based on a percentage of the fees earned by the Adviser from managing the Fund and other investment accounts. The performance bonus reflects individual performance of the funds managed by the portfolio managers and the performance of the Adviser’s business as a whole. Mr. Galley and Mr. O’Neill also participate in a 401K program on the same basis as other officers of the Adviser.

DoubleLine^® Capital LP

Mr. Gundlach’s and Mr. Sherman’s total compensation is determined by the Subadviser. The overall objective of the compensation program for portfolio managers employed by the Subadviser is for the Subadviser to attract competent and expert investment professionals and to retain them over the long term. Compensation is comprised of several components which, in the aggregate, are designed to achieve these objectives and to reward the Subadviser’s portfolio managers for their contribution to the success of their clients and the Subadviser. The Subadviser portfolio managers are compensated through a combination of base salary, discretionary bonus and equity participation in the Subadviser.

Salary. Salary is agreed to with managers at time of employment and is reviewed from time to time. It does not change significantly and often does not constitute a significant part of the portfolio managers’ compensation.

Discretionary Bonus/Guaranteed Minimums. Portfolio managers receive discretionary bonuses. However, in some cases, pursuant to contractual arrangements, some portfolio managers may be entitled to a mandatory minimum bonus if the sum of their salary and profit sharing does not reach certain levels.

Equity Incentives. Portfolio managers participate in equity incentives based on overall firm performance of the Subadviser, through direct ownership interests in the Subadviser. These ownership interests or participation interests provide eligible portfolio managers the opportunity to participate in the financial performance of the Subadviser as a whole. Participation is generally determined in the discretion of the Subadviser, taking into account factors relevant to the portfolio manager’s contribution to the success of Subadviser.

Other Plans and Compensation Vehicles. Portfolio managers may elect to participate in the Subadviser’s 401(k) plan, to which they may contribute a portion of their pre- and post-tax compensation to the plan for investment on a tax-deferred basis. The Subadviser may also choose, from time to time to offer certain other compensation plans and vehicles, such as a deferred compensation plan, to portfolio managers.

Summary. As described above, an investment professional’s total compensation is determined through a subjective process that evaluates numerous quantitative and qualitative factors, including the contribution made to the overall investment process. Not all factors apply to each investment professional and there is no particular weighting or formula for considering certain factors. Among the factors considered are: relative investment performance of portfolios (although there are no specific benchmarks or periods of time used in measuring performance); complexity of investment strategies; participation in the investment team’s dialogue; contribution to business results and overall business strategy; success of marketing/business development efforts and client servicing; seniority/length of service with the firm; management and supervisory responsibilities; and fulfillment of the Subadviser’s leadership criteria.

27 

Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Shares

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities in the Fund beneficially owned, as of June 30, 2019, by each of the portfolio managers identified in the Fund’s Prospectus.

Name of the Portfolio Manager	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund1
Patrick W. Galley	$100, 001, - $500,000
Stephen O’Neil	$100, 001, - $500,000
Jeffrey E. Gundlach	None
Jeffrey J. Sherman	None

(1) “Beneficial Ownership” is determined in accordance with section 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other accounts. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple funds are presented with the following potential conflicts, among others:

The management of multiple accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each account. The management of multiple funds and accounts also may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons and fees as the portfolio manager must allocate his time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. Another potential conflict of interest may arise where another account has the same or similar investment objective as the Fund, whereby the portfolio manager could favor one account over another.

With respect to securities transactions for the Fund, the Adviser or Subadviser determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with the duty to seek best execution of the transaction. A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely impact the value of securities held by the Fund. Securities selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund. Further, a potential conflict could include a portfolio manager’s knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby they could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund. These potential conflicts of interest could create the appearance that a portfolio manager is favoring one investment vehicle over another.

The management of personal accounts also may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. Although the portfolio manager generally does not trade securities in his or her own personal account, the Adviser, the Subadviser and the Fund have each adopted a code of ethics that, among other things, permits personal trading by employees (including trading in securities that can be purchased, sold or held by the Fund) under conditions where it has been determined that such trades would not adversely impact client accounts. Nevertheless, the management of personal accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest, and there is no assurance that these codes of ethics will adequately address such conflicts.

Conflicts potentially limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities may also arise when the Fund and other clients of the Adviser or Subadviser invest in, or even conduct research relating to, different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when the Fund owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer. In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest. In order to minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other clients of the Adviser or Subadviser or result in the Adviser or Subadviser receiving material, non-public information, or the Adviser or Subadviser may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities. Additionally, if the Adviser or Subadviser acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager or other investment personnel may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling certain securities for the Fund or other clients. When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, the Adviser and Subadviser will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner between the Fund and other clients; however, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in the Adviser or Subadviser acting on behalf of another client in a manner that may not be in the best interest, or may be opposed to the best interest, of the Fund.

28 

The Adviser and Subadviser have adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

The Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests will not include those that are advised or subadvised by the Adviser, the Subadviser or their affiliates.

Other Accounts Managed

As of June 30, 2019, the portfolio managers of the Fund were responsible for the management of the following other accounts (in addition to the Fund):

Number of Other Accounts Managed and Assets by Account Type As of June 30, 2019
Portfolio Manager	Registered Investment Companies (other than the Fund)	Registered Investment Companies Subject to Performance-Based Advisory Fees	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Subject to Performance-Based Advisory Fees	Other Accounts	Other Accounts Subject to Performance-Based Advisory Fees
Patrick W. Galley	Number: 10 Assets: $3.0 billion	Number: 0 Assets: $0	Number: 4 Assets: $462 million	Number: 4 Assets: $462 million	Number: 2 Assets: $24 million	Number: 1 Assets: $23 million
Stephen O’Neill	Number: 9 Assets: $2.8 billion	Number: 0 Assets: $0	Number: 3 Assets: $386 million	Number: 3 Assets: $386M	Number: 2 Assets: $24 million	Number: 1 Assets: $23 million
Jeffrey E. Gundlach	Number: 35 Assets: $95.4 billion	Number: 0 Assets: $0	Number: 18 Assets: $9.5 billion	Number: 2 Assets: $2.8 billion	Number: 77 Assets: $21.3 billion	Number: 2 Assets: $990.5 million
Jeffrey J. Sherman	Number: 22 Assets: $32.7 billion	Number: 0 Assets: $0	Number: 7 Assets: $2.8 billion	Number: 0 Assets: $0	Number: 15 Assets: $7.3 billion	Number: 0 Assets: $0

Administrator

Under a Master Services Agreement (the “Master Services Agreement”), subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“USBFS”) is responsible for calculating NAVs, providing additional fund accounting and tax services, and providing fund administration and compliance-related services. USBFS bears all expenses in connection with the performance of its services under the Master Services Agreement, except for certain out-of-pocket expenses described therein. USBFS does not bear any expenses incurred by the Fund, including but not limited to offering expenses; litigation expenses; costs of preferred stock (if any); transfer agency and custodial expenses; taxes; interest; Fund directors’ fees; compensation and expenses of Fund officers who are not associated with USBFS or its affiliates; brokerage fees and commissions; state and federal registration fees; advisory fees; insurance premiums; fidelity bond premiums; Fund legal and audit fees and expenses; costs of maintenance of Fund existence; printing and delivery of materials in connection with meetings of the Fund’s directors; printing and mailing shareholder reports, offering documents, and proxy materials; securities pricing and data services; and expenses in connection with electronic filings with the SEC. Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, USBFS also acts as dividend disbursing agent for the Fund.

Codes of Ethics

The Fund, Adviser and Subadviser have each adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. These codes permit personnel subject to the code to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund. These codes can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 942-8090. The codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

29 

FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Cohen & Company, Ltd., 1350 Euclid Avenue, Suite 800, Cleveland, Ohio 44115, has been appointed as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. Cohen & Company, Ltd. audits the financial statements of the Fund and provides other audit, tax and related services.

Legal Counsel

Chapman and Cutler LLP serves as legal counsel to the Fund in connection with the offering of Securities contemplated by the Prospectus, and Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP serves as legal counsel to the independent directors of the Fund.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

US Bank, NA, located at 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, serves as the Fund’s custodian and will maintain custody of the securities and cash of the Fund pursuant to a Custody Agreement. Under the Custody Agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian receives a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average daily market value of all long securities and cash held in the Fund’s portfolio, plus certain charges for securities transactions.

USBFS serves as the transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, fund accountant and administrator for the Fund.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies established by the Board of Directors of the Fund, the Adviser or Subadviser is responsible for the Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the Fund’s portfolio transactions. In placing portfolio transactions, the Adviser or Subadviser seeks the best qualitative execution for the Fund, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), the execution capability, financial responsibility and responsiveness of the broker or dealer and the brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer. The Adviser or Subadviser generally seeks favorable prices and commission rates that are reasonable in relation to the benefits received under the circumstances under which that particular trade is placed.

The Adviser or Subadviser is specifically authorized to select brokers or dealers who also provide brokerage and research services to the Fund and/or the other accounts over which the Adviser or Subadviser exercises investment discretion, and to pay such brokers or dealers a commission in excess of the commission another broker or dealer would charge if the Adviser or Subadviser determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided. The determination may be viewed in terms of a particular transaction or the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and to other accounts over which it exercises investment discretion. The Adviser or Subadviser may not give consideration to sales of Common Shares of the Fund as a factor in the selection of brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions. However, the Adviser or Subadviser may place portfolio transactions with brokers or dealers that promote or sell the Fund’s Common Shares so long as such placements are made pursuant to policies approved by the Board of Directors that are designed to ensure that the selection is based on the quality of the broker’s execution and not on its sales efforts.

Research services include supplemental research, securities and economic analyses, statistical services and information with respect to the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities and analyses of reports concerning performance of accounts. (Much, if not all, of this information is the usual and customary research provided to the Adviser and Subadviser irrespective of any trading activity effected with that broker). The research services and other information furnished by brokers through whom the Fund effects securities transactions may also be used by the Adviser or Subadviser in servicing other accounts. Similarly, research and information provided by brokers or dealers when serving other clients may be useful to the Adviser or Subadviser in connection with its services to the Fund. Although research services and other information are useful to the Fund and the Adviser or Subadviser, it is not possible to place a dollar value on the research and other information received. It is the opinion of the Board of Directors and the Adviser or Subadviser that the review and study of the research and other information will not increase or reduce the overall cost to the Adviser or Subadviser of performing its duties to the Fund under the Agreement.

Over-the-counter transactions will be placed either directly with principal market makers or with broker-dealers, if the same or a better price, including commissions and executions, is available. Fixed income securities are normally purchased directly from the issuer, an underwriter or a market maker. Purchases include a concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter and the purchase price paid to a market maker may include the spread between the bid and asked prices.

30 

When the Fund and another of the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s clients seek to purchase or sell the same security at or about the same time, the Adviser or Subadviser may execute the transaction on a combined (“blocked”) basis. Blocked transactions can produce better execution for the Fund because of the increased volume of the transaction. If the entire blocked order is not filled, the Fund may not be able to acquire as large a position in such security as it desires or it may have to pay a higher price for the security. Similarly, the Fund may not be able to obtain as large an execution of an order to sell or as high a price for any particular portfolio security if the other client desires to sell the same portfolio security at the same time. In the event that the entire blocked order is not filled, the purchase or sale will normally be allocated on a pro rata basis. The Adviser or Subadviser may adjust the allocation when, taking into account such factors as the size of the individual orders and transaction costs, the Adviser or Subadviser believes an adjustment is reasonable.

The Fund paid brokerage commissions in the aggregate amounts of $12,990, $6,070 and $44,910 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, June 30, 2018 and the fiscal period from September 28, 2016 (commencement of operation) through June 30, 2017, respectively, not including the gross underwriting spread on securities purchased in underwritten public offerings.

The Fund did not pay any brokerage commissions during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017 to any broker that (1) is an affiliated person of the Fund, (2) is an affiliated person of an affiliated person of the Fund or (3) has an affiliated person that is an affiliated person of the Fund or the investment adviser.

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

The following is a summary discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of Securities of the Fund. This discussion only addresses U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders who hold their Securities as capital assets and does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances. This discussion also does not address the tax consequences to shareholders who are subject to special rules, including, without limitation, banks and other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, traders in securities that have elected to mark-to-market their securities holdings, foreign holders, persons who hold their Common Shares as or in a hedge against currency risk, or as part of a constructive sale, straddle or conversion transaction, or tax-exempt or tax-deferred plans, accounts, or entities. In addition, the discussion does not address any state, local, or foreign tax consequences. The discussion reflects applicable income tax laws of the United States as of the date hereof, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) retroactively or prospectively, which could affect the continued validity of this summary. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors before making an investment in the Fund to determine the specific tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund, including the applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences as well as the effect of possible changes in tax laws.

Fund Taxation

The Fund has elected to be treated, and to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code, so that it will generally not pay U.S. federal income tax on income and capital gains timely distributed (or treated as being distributed, as described below) to Common Shareholders. If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes to its Common Shareholders at least 90% of the sum of (i) its “investment company taxable income” as that term is defined in the Code (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses and certain net foreign exchange gains as reduced by certain deductible expenses) without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and (ii) the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest, if any, over certain disallowed deductions, the Fund will be relieved of U.S. federal income tax on any income of the Fund, including long-term capital gains, distributed to Common Shareholders. However, if the Fund retains any investment company taxable income or “net capital gain” (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate federal income tax rates (currently at a maximum rate of 21%) on the amount retained. The Fund intends to distribute at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), net tax-exempt interest, if any, and net capital gain. Under the Code, the Fund will generally be subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax on the portion of its undistributed ordinary income and capital gains if it fails to meet certain distribution requirements with respect to each calendar year. In order to avoid the 4% federal excise tax, the required minimum distribution is generally equal to the sum of 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income (computed on a calendar year basis, and taking into account certain deferrals and elections), plus 98.2% of the Fund’s capital gain net income (generally computed for the one-year period ending on October 31) plus undistributed amounts from prior years on which the Fund paid no federal income tax. The Fund generally intends to make distributions in a timely manner in an amount at least equal to the required minimum distribution and therefore, under normal circumstances, does not expect to be subject to this excise tax. However, the Fund may also decide to distribute less and pay the federal excise taxes.

31 

If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it would be treated as a U.S. corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, and possibly state and local income tax, and distributions to its Common Shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In such event, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, would generally constitute ordinary dividends, which generally would be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders under Section 243 of the Code, discussed below, and non-corporate shareholders of the Fund generally would be able to treat such distributions as qualified dividend income eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation, as discussed below, provided in each case that certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.

If the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests in certain positions such as pay-in-kind securities, zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities or, in general, any other securities with original issue discount (or with market discount if the Fund or Underlying Fund elects to include market discount in income currently), the Fund or Underlying Fund must accrue income on such investments for each taxable year, which generally will be prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash payments. However, the Fund must distribute, at least annually, all or substantially all of its net investment income, including such accrued income, to Common Shareholders to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes. Therefore, the Fund may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash, or may have to leverage itself by borrowing the cash, to satisfy distribution requirements.

The Fund or an Underlying Fund may also acquire market discount bonds. A market discount bond is a security acquired in the secondary market at a price below its stated redemption price at maturity (or its adjusted issue price if it is also an original issue discount bond). If the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests in a market discount bond, it will be required for federal income tax purposes to treat any gain recognized on the disposition of such market discount bond as ordinary income (instead of capital gain) to the extent of the accrued market discount unless the Fund or Underlying Fund elects or is otherwise required to include the market discount in income as it accrues. Recent tax legislation may, pending further regulatory guidance, require the Fund or an Underlying Fund to accrue market discount currently.

The Fund or an Underlying Fund may invest in debt obligations that are in the lowest rating categories or are unrated, including debt obligations of issuers not currently paying interest or who are in default. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund or an Underlying Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise taxes.

The Fund will not be able to offset gains distributed by one Underlying Fund in which it invests against losses realized by another Underlying Fund in which the Fund invests. Redemptions of shares in an Underlying Fund, including those resulting from changes in the allocation among Underlying Funds, could also cause additional distributable gains to Common Shareholders of the Fund. A portion of any such gains may be short-term capital gains that would be distributable as ordinary income to Common Shareholders of the Fund. Further, a portion of losses on redemptions of shares in the Underlying Funds may be deferred under the wash sale rules. Additionally, the Fund’s investment in an Underlying Fund may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the Underlying Fund’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to Common Shareholders for federal income tax purposes. As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Fund could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders.

The Fund or an Underlying Fund may engage in various transactions utilizing options, futures contracts, forward contracts, hedge instruments, straddles, and other similar transactions. Such transactions may be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, affect the character of any income realized by the Fund from such investments, accelerate recognition of income to the Fund, defer Fund losses and affect the determination of whether capital gain or loss is characterized as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to Common Shareholders. These provisions may also require the Fund to mark-to-market certain positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out), which may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding U.S. federal income and excise taxes. In addition, certain Fund investments may produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% income test. The Fund will monitor its investments and transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections, and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires an option, futures contract, forward contract, hedge instrument or other similar investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules, prevent disqualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company and minimize the imposition of U.S. federal income and excise taxes, if possible.

32 

The Fund’s transactions in broad based equity index futures contracts, exchange-traded options on such indices and certain other futures contracts (if any) are generally considered “Section 1256 contracts” for federal income tax purposes. Any unrealized gains or losses on such Section 1256 contracts are treated as though they were realized at the end of each taxable year. The resulting gain or loss is treated as sixty percent long-term capital gain or loss and forty percent short-term capital gain or loss. Gain or loss recognized on actual sales of Section 1256 contracts is treated in the same manner. As noted below, distributions of net short-term capital gain are taxable to Common Shareholders as ordinary income while distributions of net long-term capital gain are generally taxable to Common Shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long the shareholder has held Common Shares of the Fund.

The Fund’s entry into a short sale transaction, an option or certain other contracts (if any) could be treated as the constructive sale of an appreciated financial position, causing the Fund to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by the Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency (if any) are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gain and loss to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders.

If the Fund acquires any equity interest (generally including not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond) in certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income (“passive foreign investment companies”), the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or on gain from the sale of equity interests in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its Common Shareholders. The Fund would not be able to pass through to its Common Shareholders any credit or deduction for such tax. Any gain on the sale of these investments will generally be treated as ordinary income. Elections may be available that would ameliorate some or all of these adverse federal income tax consequences, but any such election could require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain (which would be subject to the distribution requirements described above) without the concurrent receipt of cash. The Fund may limit and/or manage its holdings in passive foreign investment companies to limit its tax liability or maximize its return from these investments.

The Fund or an Underlying Fund may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries, including taxes on interest, dividends and capital gains with respect to its investments in those countries (if any), which would, if imposed, reduce the yield on or return from those investments. Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, or if at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year is represented by interests in other regulated investment companies, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its Common Shareholders the amount of foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund. If the Fund so elects, each of its Common Shareholders would be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, its pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund, but would be treated as having paid its pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount (subject to various limitations) as a foreign tax credit against federal income tax (but not both).

If the Fund utilizes leverage through borrowing, asset coverage limitations imposed by the 1940 Act as well as additional restrictions that may be imposed by certain lenders on the payment of dividends or distributions could potentially limit or eliminate the Fund’s ability to make distributions on its Common Shares until the asset coverage is restored. These limitations could prevent the Fund from distributing at least 90% of its investment company taxable income as is required under the Code and therefore might jeopardize the Fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company and/or might subject the Fund to the nondeductible 4% federal excise tax discussed above. Upon any failure to meet the asset coverage requirements imposed by the 1940 Act, the Fund may, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, purchase or redeem its Preferred Shares, if any, in order to maintain or restore the requisite asset coverage and avoid the adverse consequences to the Fund and its Common Shareholders of failing to meet the distribution requirements. There can be no assurance, however, that any such action would achieve these objectives. The Fund generally will endeavor to avoid restrictions on its ability to distribute dividends.

Common Shareholder Taxation

Distributions of investment company taxable income are generally taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions of net investment income designated by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund levels. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (i) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (ii) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (iii) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (iv) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. which the IRS has approved for these purposes (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S.) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company. If the Fund received dividends from an Underlying Fund that qualifies as a regulated investment company, and the Underlying Fund designates such dividends as qualified dividend income, then the Fund is permitted in turn to designate a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the Underlying Fund. Qualified dividend income does not include interest from fixed income securities and generally does not include income from REITs. If the Fund lends portfolio securities, amounts received by the Fund that is the equivalent of the dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned will not be eligible for qualified dividend income treatment. The Fund can provide no assurance regarding the portion of its dividends that will qualify for qualified dividend income treatment.

33 

Distributions of net capital gain, if any, that are properly reported by the Fund are taxable at long-term capital gain rates for U.S. federal income tax purposes without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held Common Shares of the Fund. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, will be treated by a shareholder as a tax-free return of capital, which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s basis in his, her or its Common Shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his, her or its Common Shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from the sale or exchange of such Common Shares. The U.S. federal income tax status of all distributions will be designated by the Fund and reported to shareholders annually.

Certain distributions by the Fund may qualify for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders under Section 243 of the Code, subject to certain holding period and other requirements, but generally only to the extent the Fund earned dividend income from stock investments in U.S. domestic corporations (but not including real estate investment trusts). The Fund can provide no assurance regarding the portion of its dividends that will qualify for the dividends received deduction.

A shareholder may elect to have all dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in Common Shares of the Fund. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, all dividends are generally taxable regardless of whether a shareholder takes them in cash or they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund.

If a shareholder’s distributions are automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the shareholder will be treated as having received a taxable distribution in the amount of the cash dividend that the shareholder would have received if the shareholder had elected to receive cash, unless the distribution is in newly issued Common Shares of the Fund that are trading at or above net asset value, in which case the shareholder will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the stock the shareholder receives.

The Fund intends to distribute all realized net capital gains, if any, at least annually. If, however, the Fund were to retain any net capital gain, the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to shareholders who, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate share of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate share of the federal income tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of Common Shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by the difference between the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and the federal income tax deemed paid by the shareholder.

Any dividend declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid during the following January will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as paid by the Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which it is declared.

Individuals (and certain other non-corporate entities) are generally eligible for a 20% deduction with respect to taxable ordinary dividends from REITs and certain taxable income from publicly traded partnerships. Currently, there is not a regulatory mechanism for regulated investment companies (such as the Fund or an Underlying Fund) to pass-through the special character of this income to shareholders.

At the time of an investor’s purchase of the Fund’s Common Shares, a portion of the purchase price may be attributable to realized or unrealized appreciation in the Fund’s portfolio or undistributed taxable income of the Fund. Consequently, subsequent distributions by the Fund with respect to these Common Shares from such appreciation or income may be taxable to such investor even if the net asset value of the investor’s Common Shares is, as a result of the distributions, reduced below the investor’s cost for such Common Shares and the distributions economically represent a return of a portion of the investment. Investors should consider the tax implications of purchasing Common Shares just prior to a distribution.

34 

Solely for the purpose of satisfying the 90% distribution requirement and the distribution requirement for avoiding federal income taxes, certain distributions made after the close of a taxable year of the Fund may be “spilled back” and treated as paid during such taxable year. In such case, shareholders will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distribution was actually made.

Sales, exchanges and other dispositions of the Fund’s Common Shares generally are taxable events for shareholders that are subject to federal income tax. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their individual circumstances to determine whether any particular transaction in the Fund’s Common Shares is properly treated as a sale or exchange for federal income tax purposes (as the following discussion assumes) and the tax treatment of any gains or losses recognized in such transactions. Generally, gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property received (including securities distributed by the Fund) and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares sold or exchanged. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Common Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Common Shares have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of the Fund’s Common Shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized by a shareholder upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares with a tax holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gain with respect to such Common Shares. For the purposes of calculating the six-month period, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property or through certain options, short sales or contractual obligations to sell. The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. The ability to deduct capital losses may be subject to limitations. In addition, losses on sales or other dispositions of Common Shares may be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules in the event a shareholder acquires substantially identical stock or securities (including those made pursuant to reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after a sale or other disposition of Common Shares. In such a case, the disallowed portion of any loss generally would be included in the U.S. federal income tax basis of the Common Shares acquired.

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Common Shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts. Because the Fund does not expect to distribute dividends that would give rise to an adjustment to an individual’s alternative minimum taxable income, an investment in the Common Shares should not, by itself, cause the holders of Common Shares to become subject to alternative minimum tax.

From time to time, the Fund may repurchase its Common Shares. Shareholders who tender all Common Shares held, and those considered to be held (through attribution rules contained in the Code), by them will be treated as having sold their Common Shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of his, her or its Common Shares (including those considered held through attribution), such shareholder may be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the tender of its Common Shares. If a tender offer is made, there is a risk that non-tendering shareholders will be treated as having received taxable distributions from the Fund. To the extent that the Fund recognizes net gains on the liquidation of portfolio securities to meet such tenders of Common Shares, the Fund will be required to make additional distributions to its shareholders. If the Board of Directors determines that a tender offer will be made by the Fund, the federal income tax consequences of such offer will be discussed in materials that will be available at such time in connection with the specific tender offer, if any.

The Code requires that the Fund withhold, as “backup withholding,” 24% of reportable payments, including dividends, capital gain distributions and the proceeds of sales or other dispositions of the Fund’s stock paid to shareholders who have not complied with IRS regulations. In order to avoid this withholding requirement, shareholders must certify on their account applications, or on a separate IRS Form W-9, that the social security number or other taxpayer identification number they provide is their correct number and that they are not currently subject to backup withholding, or that they are exempt from backup withholding. The Fund may nevertheless be required to withhold if it receives notice from the IRS or a broker that the number provided is incorrect or backup withholding is applicable. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld may be allowed as a refund or a credit against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the appropriate information (such as the timely filing of the appropriate federal income tax return) is provided to the IRS.

35 

Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to Common Shares of $2 million or more in a single taxable year (or $4 million or more in any combination of taxable years) for an individual shareholder, S corporation or trust or $10 million or more in a single taxable year (or $20 million or more in any combination of years) for a shareholder who is a C corporation, such shareholder will generally be required to file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are generally excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Preferred Shareholder Taxation

The IRS has taken the position that if a regulated investment company has two or more classes of shares, it must designate distributions made to each class in any year as consisting of no more than such class’ proportionate share of particular types of income (e.g., ordinary income and net capital gains). Consequently, if both Common Shares and Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Fund intends to designate distributions made to each class of particular types of income in accordance with each class’ proportionate share of such income. Thus, the Fund will designate to the extent applicable, dividends qualifying for the corporate dividends received deduction (if any), income not qualifying for the dividends received deduction, qualified dividend income, ordinary income and net capital gain in a manner that allocates such income between the holders of Common Shares and Preferred Shares in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class during or for the taxable year, or otherwise as required by applicable law. However, for purposes of determining whether distributions are out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, the Fund’s earnings and profits will be allocated first to the Fund’s Preferred Shares, if any, and then to the Fund’s Common Shares. In such a case, since the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be used to pay dividends on the Preferred Shares, distributions in excess of such earnings and profits, if any, will be made disproportionately to holders of Common Shares.

Other Taxes

The description of certain U.S. federal income tax provisions above relates only to U.S. federal income tax consequences for shareholders who are U.S. persons (i.e., U.S. citizens or residents or U.S. corporations, partnerships, trusts or estates). Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of ownership of Common Shares of the Fund, including the possibility that distributions may be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax (or a reduced rate of withholding provided by an applicable treaty if the investor provides proper certification of its non-U.S. status).

Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors on these matters and on any specific question of U.S. federal, state, local, foreign and other applicable tax laws before making an investment in the Fund.

BOARD MEMBERS AND OFFICERS

The following table presents certain information regarding the members of the Board of Directors (each, a “Board Member”). Each Board Member’s year of birth is set forth in parentheses after his or her name. The Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms and, upon expiration of their initial terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify, and at each annual meeting one class of directors will be elected by the shareholders. When there are Preferred Shares outstanding, two of the Fund’s directors are elected by the holders of Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class, and the remaining directors of the Fund are elected by holders of Common Shares and Preferred Shares, voting together as a class. Except as otherwise noted, the address for all directors and officers is 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654. The “independent directors” consist of those directors who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (each, an “Independent Director” and collectively, the “Independent Directors”).

36 

Name, Address and Year of Birth	Position(s) Held with Registrant	Term of Office and Length of Time Served	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex(1) Overseen by Director	Other Directorships(2) Held by the Director During the Past 5 Years
Independent Directors
John K. Carter (1961)	Director	Current term expires in 2021. Has served since 2016.	Partner, Law Office of John K. Carter, P.A. (2015 to present); Managing Partner, Global Recruiters of St. Petersburg (a financial services consulting and recruiting firm) (2012 to present); Business Unit Head, Transamerica Asset Management (2006 to 2012).	7	Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors, Transamerica Funds (120 funds) (2006 to 2012); and Board Member, United Way of Tampa Bay (2011 to 2012).
J. Wayne Hutchens (1944)	Director	Current term expires in 2022. Has served since 2018.	Mr. Hutchens is currently retired. Mr. Hutchens is Trustee of the Denver Museum of Nature and Science (2000 to present), Director of AMG National Trust Bank (June 2012 to present) and Trustee of Children’s Hospital Colorado (May 2012 to present). Prior to these positions, Mr. Hutchens spent 29 years in the banking industry, retiring as Chairman of Chase Bank Colorado.	3	ALPS Series Trust (9 funds) (2012 to present); RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. (1 fund)(2013 to present) RiverNorth Opportunistic Municipal Income Fund (1 fund)(2018 to present).
John S. Oakes (1943)	Director	Current term expires in 2021. Has served since 2016.	Principal, Financial Search and Consulting (a recruiting and consulting firm) (2013 to present); Regional Vice President, Securities America (a broker-dealer) (2007 to 2013)	7	RiverNorth Marketplace Lending Corporation (1 fund) (2016 to present); RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (1 fund) (2016 to present); RiverNorth Funds (3 funds) (2010 to present); RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. (1 fund)(2013 to present) RiverNorth Opportunistic Municipal Income Fund (1 fund)(2018 to present).
David M. Swanson (1957)	Director	Current term expires in 2022. Has served since 2018.	Founder & Managing Partner of SwanDog Strategic Marketing since 2006.	3	Managed Portfolio Series (28 funds) (2011 to present); Trustee, ALPS Variable Investment Trust (9 funds) (2006 to present); RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. (1 fund)(2013 to present) RiverNorth Opportunistic Municipal Income Fund (1 fund)(2018 to present).

37 

Name, Address and Year of Birth	Position(s) Held with Registrant	Term of Office and Length of Time Served	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex(1) Overseen by Director	Other Directorships(2) Held by the Director During the Past 5 Years
Interested Director
Patrick W. Galley(3) (1975)	Director, Chairman and President	Current term expires in 2020. Has served since 2016.	Chief Investment Officer, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2004 to present).	7	Board of Managers of RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2010 to present); Board of Managers of RiverNorth Securities, LLC (2010 to 2012) and Board of Directors RiverNorth Holdings, Co. (2010 to present).
Jerry Raio(4) (1965)	Director	Initial term expires in 2020. Has served since 2018.	Managing Director- Head of Retail Origination, Wells Fargo (2005 to 2018).	2	RiverNorth Opportunistic Municipal Income Fund (1 fund)(2018 to present)
Officers
Jonathan M. Mohrhardt (1974)	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer	Has served since 2016.	Chief Compliance Officer, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2009 to 2012); Chief Operating Officer, RiverNorth Capital Management LLC (2011 to present) and President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Compliance Officer, RiverNorth Securities, LLC (2010 to 2012)	N/A	Board of Managers of RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2010 to present); Board of Managers of RiverNorth Securities, LLC (2010 to 2012); and Board of Directors RiverNorth Holdings, Co. (2010 to present).
Marcus L. Collins (1968)	Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary	Has served since 2016.	General Counsel, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2012 to present); Chief Compliance Officer, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2012 to present); Counsel, Thompson Hine, LLP (2007 to 2012)	N/A	N/A

(1) The term “Fund Complex” means two or more registered investment companies that:

(a) hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services; or

(b) have a common investment adviser or that have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies.

(2) The numbers enclosed in the parentheticals represent the number of funds overseen in each respective directorship held by the director.

(3) Mr. Galley is deemed an “interested person” of the Fund due to his position as Chief Investment Officer of RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, investment adviser to the Fund.

(4) Mr. Raio is deemed an “interested person” of the Fund due to his prior position as Managing Director – Head of Retail Origination at Wells Fargo, which has served as a broker and principal underwriter for other funds advised by the Adviser.

38 

Board Leadership Structure. The Board of Directors, which has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Fund’s investment programs and business affairs, believes that it has structured itself in a manner that allows it to effectively perform its oversight obligations. Mr. Patrick W. Galley, the Chairman of the Board (“Chairman”), is not an Independent Director. The Board believes that the use of an interested director as Chairman is the appropriate leadership structure for the Fund given (i) Mr. Patrick Galley’s role in the day to day operations of the Adviser, (ii) the extent to which the work of the Board of Directors is conducted through the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”), each of whose meetings is chaired by an Independent Director, (iii) the frequency that Independent Directors meet with their independent legal counsel and auditors in the absence of members of the Board of Directors who are interested directors of the Fund and management, and (iv) the overall sophistication of the Independent Directors, both individually and collectively. The members of the Board of Directors also complete an annual self-assessment during which the directors review their overall structure and consider where and how its structure remains appropriate in light of the Fund’s current circumstances. The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and in between meetings of the Board of Directors to generally act as the liaison between the Board of Directors and the Fund’s officers, attorneys and various other service providers, including but not limited to the Adviser and other such third parties servicing the Fund. The Board of Directors believes that having an interested person serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors enables Mr. Patrick Galley to more effectively carry out these liaison activities. The Board of Directors also believes it benefits during its meetings from having a person intimately familiar with the operation of the Fund to set the agenda for meetings of the Board of Directors to ensure that important matters are brought to the attention of and considered by the Board of Directors.

The Fund has two standing committees, each of which enhances the leadership structure of the Board of Directors: the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Audit Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are each chaired by, and composed of, members who are Independent Directors.

The Audit Committee is comprised of Messrs. Carter, Oakes, Swanson and Hutchens, all of whom are “independent” as defined in the listing standard of the NYSE. Mr. Hutchens is the Chair of the Audit Committee and has been determined to qualify as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” as such term is defined in Form N-CSR. The role of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board of Directors in its oversight of (i) the quality and integrity of the Fund’s financial statements, reporting process and the independent registered public accounting firm (the “independent accountants”) and reviews thereof, (ii) the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, its internal controls and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers, (iii) the Fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and (iv) the independent accountants’ qualifications, independence and performance. The Audit Committee is also required to prepare an audit committee report pursuant to the rules of the SEC for inclusion in the Fund’s annual proxy statement. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to the Audit Committee Charter that was most recently reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors on August 20, 2018. The Audit Committee Charter is available at the Fund’s website, www.rivernorth.com. As set forth in the Audit Committee Charter, management is responsible for maintaining appropriate systems for accounting and internal control, and the Fund’s independent accountants are responsible for planning and carrying out proper audits and reviews. The independent accountants are ultimately accountable to the Board of Directors and to the Audit Committee, as representatives of the shareholders. The independent accountants for the Fund report directly to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee met two times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is comprised of Messrs. Carter, Hutchens, Oakes and Swanson. Mr. Carter is the Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for identifying and recommending to the Board of Directors individuals believed to be qualified to become members of the Board of Directors in the event that a position is vacated or created. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider director candidates recommended by shareholders. In considering candidates submitted by shareholders, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will take into consideration the needs of the Board of Directors, the qualifications of the candidate and the interests of shareholders. Shareholders wishing to recommend candidates to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee should submit such recommendations in accordance with the Bylaws to the Secretary of the Fund, who will forward the recommendations to the committee for consideration. Each eligible shareholder or shareholder group may submit no more than one Independent Director nominee each calendar year. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has not determined any minimum qualifications necessary to serve as a director of the Fund. The Nominating and Governance Committee met one time during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.

Director Qualifications.

In addition to the description of each Director’s Principal Occupation(s) and Other Directorships set forth above, the following provides further information about each Director’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director for the Fund. There are no specific required qualifications for membership on the Board of Directors.

39 

Interested Director

Mr. Patrick Galley is the Chief Investment Officer for the Fund’s investment adviser. He is also the President and a portfolio manager of the Fund. His knowledge regarding the investment strategy of the Fund, more specifically the closed-end mutual fund industry, makes him uniquely qualified to serve as the Fund’s President.

Independent Directors

Mr. John K. Carter possesses extensive mutual fund industry experience. Mr. Carter was previously a President and Chief Executive Officer at Transamerica Asset Management, a subsidiary of Aegon, N.V. Mr. Carter oversaw the mutual fund servicing, operations and advisory services for Transamerica’s approximately 120 mutual funds. He also served as a compliance officer. Mr. Carter brings experience managing a large mutual fund complex, including experience overseeing multiple sub-advisers. Mr. Carter was previously an investment management attorney with experience as in-house counsel, serving with the SEC and in private practice with a large law firm. The Board of Directors feels Mr. Carter’s industry-specific experience, including as a chairman of another fund complex, as a compliance officer and as an experienced investment management attorney will be valuable to the Board of Directors as the Fund continues to grow and deal with legally complex issues.

Mr. Hutchens was President and CEO of the University of Colorado (CU) Foundation from April 2006 to December 2012 and Executive Director for the CU Real Estate Foundation from April 2009 to December 2012. Prior to these positions, Mr. Hutchens spent over 30 years in the banking industry, retiring as Chairman of Chase Bank Colorado. Mr. Hutchens is a graduate of the University of Colorado Boulder’s School of Business and has done graduate study at Syracuse University and the University of Colorado. He was selected to serve as a Director of the Fund based on his business and financial services experience.

Mr. John S. Oakes has many years of experience in the securities industry. Additionally he had served on the board of directors of another registered investment company, including serving as its chairman. The Board of Directors feels Mr. Oakes’ industry and board experience adds an operational perspective to the Board of Directors and his experience in marketing can assist the Fund in its efforts to expand into different distribution channels.

Mr. Swanson founded SwanDog Marketing, a marketing consulting firm to asset managers, in 2006. He currently serves as SwanDog’s Managing Partner. He has over 30 years of senior management and marketing experience, with approximately 20 years in financial services. Before joining SwanDog, Mr. Swanson most recently served as Executive Vice President and Head of Distribution for Calamos Investments, an investment management firm. He previously held positions as Chief Operating Officer of Van Kampen Investments, President of CEO of Scudder, Stevens & Clark, Canada, Ltd. And Managing Director and Head of Global Investment Products at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Swanson holds a Master of Management from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and a Bachelors in Journalism from Southern Illinois University. He was selected to serve as a Director of the Fund based on his business, financial services and investment management experience.

Mr. Raio has many years of experience in the securities industry, including management roles in the banking and investment management industries. He has more than 15 years of experience in equity capital markets, having worked on the retail syndicate desks at both Citigroup and Morgan Stanley. He served as the Managing Director and Head of Retail Origination for Wells Fargo from 2005 to 2018. Prior to working at Wells Fargo he served as Director and Head of Closed-End Funds for Citigroup Asset Management. He was selected to serve as a Director of the Fund based on his business, financial services and investment management experience.

Risk Oversight. The Fund is confronted with a multitude of risks, such as investment risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk, political risk, risk of operational failures, business continuity risk, regulatory risk, legal risk and other risks not listed here. The Board of Directors recognizes that not all risk that may affect the Fund can be known, eliminated or even mitigated. In addition, there are some risks that may not be cost effective or an efficient use of the Fund’s limited resources to moderate. As a result of these realities, the Board of Directors, through its oversight and leadership, has and will continue to deem it necessary for shareholders to bear certain and undeniable risks, such as investment risk, in order for the Fund to operate in accordance with its Prospectus, SAI and other related documents.

However, as required under the 1940 Act, the Board of Directors has adopted on the Fund’s behalf a vigorous risk program that mandates the Fund’s various service providers, including the Adviser and Subadviser, to adopt a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various risks, mitigate the likelihood of adverse events from occurring and/or attempt to limit the effects of such adverse events on the Fund. The Board of Directors fulfills its leadership role by receiving a variety of quarterly written reports prepared by the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) that (i) evaluate the operation, policies and procedures of the Fund’s service providers, (ii) make known any material changes to the policies and procedures adopted by the Fund or its service providers since the CCO’s last report, and (iii) disclose any material compliance matters that occurred since the date of the last CCO report. In addition, the Independent Directors meet quarterly in executive sessions without the presence of any interested directors, the Adviser or Subadviser, or any of their affiliates. This configuration permits the Independent Directors to effectively receive the information and have private discussions necessary to perform their risk oversight role, exercise independent judgment and allocate areas of responsibility between the full Board of Directors, its committees and certain officers of the Fund. Furthermore, the Independent Directors have engaged independent legal counsel and auditors to assist the Independent Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities. As discussed above and in consideration of other factors not referenced herein, the Board of Directors has determined its leadership role concerning risk management as one of oversight and not active management of the Fund’s day-to-day risk management operations.

40 

Compensation. The Fund pays no salaries or compensation to any of its interested directors or its officers, and the Fund has no employees. The Independent Directors of the Fund receive an annual retainer of $16,500, and an additional $1,500 for attending each meeting of the Board of Directors. In addition, the lead Independent Director receives $250 annually, the Chair of the Audit Committee receives $500 annually and the Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee receives $250 annually. The Independent Directors are also reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors. The following tables show compensation from the Fund for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. Patrick W. Galley is an interested persons of the Fund and has not received any compensation from the Fund.

Name of Board Member	Compensation from the Fund	Total Compensation from the Fund and Fund Complex
Independent Directors:
John Carter	$22,750	$135,250
John Oakes	$22,750	$136,500
David M. Swanson	$22,500	$134,500
J. Wayne Hutchens	$23,000	$94,000

Director Ownership in the Fund

The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each director in the Fund and Fund Complex as of June 30, 2019.

Director	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Ownership in all Funds Overseen by Director in the Fund Complex (1)
Independent Director:
John Carter	None	$50,001 to $100,000
John Oakes	$10,001 to $500,000	Over $100,000
J. Wayne Hutchens	None	$50,001 to $100,000
David M. Swanson	None	None
Interested Director:
Patrick W. Galley	Over $100,00	Over $100,000
Jerry Raio	None	$10,001 to $50,000

(1) The Fund Complex consists of (1) four closed-end management investment companies: the Fund, RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc., RiverNorth Marketplace Lending Corporation, RiverNorth Opportunistic Municipal Income Fund, Inc. and (2) three open-end management investment companies: RiverNorth Core Opportunity Fund, RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Income Fund, and RiverNorth/Oaktree High Income Fund.

As of December 31, 2018, the Independent Directors of the Fund and immediate family members do not own beneficially or of record any class of securities of the investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund.

As of the date of this SAI, the directors and officers of the Fund owned, as a group, less than 1% of the outstanding Common Shares of the Fund.

Securities Beneficially Owned

To the knowledge of the Fund, as of June 30, 2019, no single shareholder or “group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”)) beneficially owned more than 5% of the Fund's outstanding Common Shares, except as described in the following table. The Fund does not have any knowledge of the identity of the ultimate beneficiaries of the Common Shares listed below. A control person is one who owns, either directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund or acknowledges the existence of control.

Shareholder and Address	Percent Ownership	Number of Shares Held
UBS Financial Services Inc. 1000 Harbor Blvd. Weehawken, NJ 07086	18%	2,007,632
National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Boulevard Jersey City, NJ 07310	14%	1,501,580
Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC 2801 Market Street St. Louis, MO 63103	10%	1,175,417
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated 4804 Deerlake Dr. E. Jacksonville, FL 32246	10%	1,091,518
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 2423 E. Lincoln Drive Phoenix, AZ 85016	7%	819,241
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 200 S. 108th Avenue Omaha, NE 68154	5%	585,410
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC 1300 Thames St., 6th Floor Baltimore, MD 21231	5%	579,191

41 

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated responsibilities for decisions regarding proxy voting for securities held by the Fund to the Adviser or Subadviser. The Adviser or Subadviser will vote such proxies in accordance with its proxy policies and procedures. In some instances, the Adviser or Subadviser may be asked to cast a proxy vote that presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders, and those of the Adviser or Subadviser or an affiliated person of the Adviser or Subadviser. In such a case, the Adviser or Subadviser will abstain from making a voting decision and will forward all necessary proxy voting materials to the Fund to enable the Board of Directors to make a voting decision. The Adviser or Subadviser shall make a written recommendation of the voting decision to the Board of Directors, which shall include: (i) an explanation of why it has a conflict of interest; (ii) the reasons for its recommendation; and (iii) an explanation of why the recommendation is consistent with the Adviser’s (or Subadviser’s) proxy voting policies. The Board of Directors shall make the proxy voting decision that in its judgment, after reviewing the recommendation of the Adviser or Subadviser, is most consistent with the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s proxy voting policies and in the best interests of Fund shareholders. When the Board of Directors of the Fund is required to make a proxy voting decision, only the directors without a conflict of interest with regard to the security in question or the matter to be voted upon shall be permitted to participate in the decision of how the Fund’s vote will be cast. The Adviser and Subadviser vote proxies pursuant to the proxy voting policies and guidelines set forth in Appendix A and B, respectively, to this SAI.

You may also obtain information about how the Fund voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12-month period ended June 30 by visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or by visiting the Fund’s website at www.rivernorth.com (this reference to the Fund’s website does not incorporate the contents of the website into this SAI).

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the Securities offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC, Washington, D.C. The Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the Securities offered hereby, reference is made to the Fund’s Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

The Registration Statement may be viewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information about the SEC’s Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The Registration Statement also may be available on the Edgar Database on the SEC’s website, http://www.sec.gov, or be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to: Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549.

42 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Fund’s financial statements and financial highlights and the report of Cohen & Company, Ltd. thereon, contained in the following document filed by the Fund with the SEC, are hereby incorporated by reference into, and are made part of, this SAI: the Fund’s Annual Report for the year ended June 30, 2019 contained in the Fund’s Form N-CSR filed with the SEC on September 9, 2019. A copy of such Annual Report must accompany the delivery of this Statement of Additional Information.

43 

APPENDIX A

PROXY VOTING POLICY OF THE ADVISER

Proxy Voting
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Pursuant to the recent adoption by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of Rule 206(4)-6 (17 CFR 275.206(4)-6) and amendments to Rule 204-2 (17 CFR 275.204-2) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Act”), it is a fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act, practice or course of business, within the meaning of Section 206(4) of the Act, for an investment adviser to exercise voting authority with respect to client securities, unless (i) the adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of its clients, (ii) the adviser describes its proxy voting procedures to its clients and provides copies on request, and (iii) the adviser discloses to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.

In its standard investment advisory agreement, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (RiverNorth Capital) specifically states that it does not vote proxies and the client, including clients governed by ERISA, is responsible for voting proxies. Therefore, RiverNorth Capital will not vote proxies for these clients. However, RiverNorth Capital will vote proxies on behalf of investment company clients (“Funds”). RiverNorth Capital has instructed all custodians, other than Fund custodians, to forward proxies directly to its clients, and if RiverNorth Capital accidentally receives a proxy for any non-Fund client, current or former, the Chief Compliance Officer will promptly forward the proxy to the client. In order to fulfill its responsibilities to Funds, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (hereinafter “we” or “our”) has adopted the following policies and procedures for proxy voting with regard to companies in any Fund’s investment portfolios.

KEY OBJECTIVES

The key objectives of these policies and procedures recognize that a company’s management is entrusted with the day-to-day operations and longer term strategic planning of the company, subject to the oversight of the company’s board of directors. While “ordinary business matters” are primarily the responsibility of management and should be approved solely by the corporation’s board of directors, these objectives also recognize that the company’s shareholders must have final say over how management and directors are performing, and how shareholders’ rights and ownership interests are handled, especially when matters could have substantial economic implications to the shareholders.

Therefore, we will pay particular attention to the following matters in exercising our proxy voting responsibilities as a fiduciary for our clients:

Accountability. Each company should have effective means in place to hold those entrusted with running a company’s business accountable for their actions. Management of a company should be accountable to its board of directors and the board should be accountable to shareholders.

Alignment of Management and Shareholder Interests. Each company should endeavor to align the interests of management and the board of directors with the interests of the company’s shareholders. For example, we generally believe that compensation should be designed to reward management for doing a good job of creating value for the shareholders of the company.

Transparency. Promotion of timely disclosure of important information about a company’s business operations and financial performance enables investors to evaluate the performance of a company and to make informed decisions about the purchase and sale of a company’s securities.

DECISION METHODS

We generally believe that the individual portfolio managers that invest in and track particular companies are the most knowledgeable and best suited to make decisions with regard to proxy votes. Therefore, we rely on those individuals to make the final decisions on how to cast proxy votes.

No set of proxy voting guidelines can anticipate all situations that may arise. In special cases, we may seek insight from our managers and analysts on how a particular proxy proposal will impact the financial prospects of a company, and vote accordingly.

In some instances, a proxy vote may present a conflict between the interests of a client, on the one hand, and our interests or the interests of a person affiliated with us, on the other. In such a case, we will abstain from making a voting decision and will forward all of the necessary proxy voting materials to the client to enable the client to cast the votes.

A-1 

Notwithstanding the forgoing, the following policies will apply to investment company shares owned by a Fund. Under Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”), a fund may only invest up to 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company, but may not own more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company or invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other investment companies. However, Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act provides that the provisions of paragraph 12(d)(1) shall not apply to securities purchased or otherwise acquired by a fund if (i) immediately after such purchase or acquisition not more than 3% of the total outstanding stock of such registered investment company is owned by the fund and all affiliated persons of the fund; and (ii) the fund is not proposing to offer or sell any security issued by it through a principal underwriter or otherwise at a public or offering price which includes a sales load of more than 1½% percent. Therefore, each Fund (or the Adviser acting on behalf of the Fund) must comply with the following voting restrictions unless it is determined that the Fund is not relying on Section 12(d)(1)(F):

–when the Fund exercises voting rights, by proxy or otherwise, with respect to any investment company owned by the Fund, the Fund will either

–seek instruction from the Fund’s shareholders with regard to the voting of all proxies and vote in accordance with such instructions, or

–vote the shares held by the Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such security.

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

Election of the Board of Directors

We believe that good corporate governance generally starts with a board composed primarily of independent directors, unfettered by significant ties to management, all of whose members are elected annually. We also believe that turnover in board composition promotes independent board action, fresh approaches to governance, and generally has a positive impact on shareholder value. We will generally vote in favor of non-incumbent independent directors.

The election of a company’s board of directors is one of the most fundamental rights held by shareholders. Because a classified board structure prevents shareholders from electing a full slate of directors annually, we will generally support efforts to declassify boards or other measures that permit shareholders to remove a majority of directors at any time, and will generally oppose efforts to adopt classified board structures.

Approval of Independent Auditors

We believe that the relationship between a company and its auditors should be limited primarily to the audit engagement, although it may include certain closely related activities that do not raise an appearance of impaired independence.

We will evaluate on a case-by-case basis instances in which the audit firm has a substantial non-audit relationship with a company to determine whether we believe independence has been, or could be, compromised.

Equity-based compensation plans

We believe that appropriately designed equity-based compensation plans, approved by shareholders, can be an effective way to align the interests of shareholders and the interests of directors, management, and employees by providing incentives to increase shareholder value. Conversely, we are opposed to plans that substantially dilute ownership interests in the company, provide participants with excessive awards, or have inherently objectionable structural features.

We will generally support measures intended to increase stock ownership by executives and the use of employee stock purchase plans to increase company stock ownership by employees. These may include:

1. Requiring senior executives to hold stock in a company.

2. Requiring stock acquired through option exercise to be held for a certain period of time.

These are guidelines, and we consider other factors, such as the nature of the industry and size of the company, when assessing a plan’s impact on ownership interests.

Corporate Structure

We view the exercise of shareholders’ rights, including the rights to act by written consent, to call special meetings and to remove directors, to be fundamental to good corporate governance.

Because classes of common stock with unequal voting rights limit the rights of certain shareholders, we generally believe that shareholders should have voting power equal to their equity interest in the company and should be able to approve or reject changes to a company’s by-laws by a simple majority vote.

We will generally support the ability of shareholders to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

A-2 

Shareholder Rights Plans

While we recognize that there are arguments both in favor of and against shareholder rights plans, also known as poison pills, such measures may tend to entrench current management, which we generally consider to have a negative impact on shareholder value. Therefore, while we will evaluate such plans on a case by case basis, we will generally oppose such plans.

CLIENT INFORMATION

A copy of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is available to our clients, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-646-0148. We will send a copy of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures within three business days of receipt of a request, by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery.

In addition, we will provide each client, without charge, upon request, information regarding the proxy votes cast by us with regard to the client’s securities.

A-3 

APPENDIX B

DoubleLine Funds Trust
DoubleLine Equity Funds
DoubleLine Capital LP
DoubleLine Commodity LP
DoubleLine Equity LP
DoubleLine Private Funds
DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund
DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund

Proxy Voting, Corporate Actions and Class Actions

August 2015

I. Background

This Proxy Voting, Corporate Actions and Class Actions Policy (“Policy”) is adopted by DoubleLine Capital LP, DoubleLine Commodity LP and DoubleLine Equity LP (each, as applicable, “DoubleLine”, the “Adviser” or the “Firm”), DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Equity Funds (each, as applicable, the “Trust”) and each series of the Trusts (each an “Open-End Fund”), the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DBL”) and DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (“DSL” and, together with DBL and all of the Open-End Funds collectively, the “Funds”) to govern the voting of proxies related to securities held by the Funds and actions taken with respect to corporate actions and class actions affecting such securities, and to provide a method of reporting the actions taken and overseeing compliance with regulatory requirements.

Each private investment fund (such as, but not limited to, the DoubleLine Opportunistic Income Master Fund LP (and its related entities) and the DoubleLine Leverage Fund LP (and its related entities), each of which is a “Private Fund” and, collectively, the “Private Funds”) managed by DoubleLine also adopts this Policy.

DoubleLine generally will exercise voting authority on behalf of its separate account clients (“Separate Account Clients” and together with the Funds and Private Funds, the “Clients”) only where a Client has expressly delegated authority in writing to DoubleLine and DoubleLine has accepted that responsibility. Separate Account Clients that do not provide written authorization for DoubleLine to exercise voting authority are responsible for their own proxy voting, corporate actions and class actions and this Policy does not apply to them.

To the extent that voting a proxy or taking action with respect to a class action or corporate action (in each case, a “proposal”) is desirable, DoubleLine (or its designee) will seek to take action on such proposal in a manner that it believes is most likely to enhance the economic value of the underlying securities held in Client accounts and, with respect to proposals not otherwise covered by the Guidelines herein, DoubleLine (or its designee) will seek to consider each proposal on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration any relevant contractual obligations as well as other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. DoubleLine will not respond to proxy solicitor requests unless DoubleLine determines that it is in the best interest of a Client to do so.

II. Issue

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Rule”), requires every investment adviser who exercises voting authority with respect to client securities to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients. The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise between DoubleLine and a Client in connection with proxy voting. The Rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures and to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request. Lastly, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.

III. Policy – Proxies and Corporate Actions; Role of Third-Party Proxy Agent

To assist DoubleLine in carrying out its proxy voting obligations, DoubleLine has retained a third-party proxy voting service provider, currently Glass, Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”), as its proxy voting agent. Pursuant to an agreement with DoubleLine, Glass Lewis obtains proxy ballots with respect to securities held by one or more Client accounts advised by DoubleLine, evaluates the individual facts and circumstances relating to any proposal, and, except as otherwise provided below, votes on any such proposal in accordance with the Guidelines set forth in Attachment A hereto (the “Guidelines”).

In the event that a proposal is not adequately addressed by the Guidelines, Glass Lewis will make a recommendation to DoubleLine as to how to vote on such proposal. The portfolio manager or other authorized person of the relevant Client will review the recommendation made by Glass Lewis and will instruct Glass Lewis to vote the Client’s securities against Glass Lewis’ recommendation when DoubleLine believes doing so is in the best interests of the Client. The portfolio manager or authorized person shall record the reasons for any such instruction and shall provide that written record to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee. In the absence of a timely instruction from DoubleLine to the contrary, Glass Lewis will vote in accordance with its recommendation. In the event that Glass Lewis does not provide a recommendation with respect to a proposal, DoubleLine may vote on any such proposal in its discretion and in a manner consistent with this Policy.

B-1 

In the event that DoubleLine determines that a recommendation of Glass Lewis (or of any other third-party proxy voting service retained by DoubleLine) was based on a material factual error, DoubleLine will investigate the error, taking into account, among other things, the nature of the error and the related recommendation, and seek to determine whether Glass Lewis (or any other third-party proxy voting service retained by DoubleLine) is taking reasonable steps to reduce similar errors in the future.

The Guidelines provide a basis for making decisions in the voting of proxies and taking action with respect to class actions or corporate actions for Clients. When voting proxies or taking action with respect to class actions or corporate actions, DoubleLine’s utmost concern in exercising its duties of loyalty and care is that all decisions be made in the best interests of the Client and with the goal of maximizing the value of the Client’s investments. With this goal in mind, the Guidelines cover various categories of voting decisions and generally specify whether DoubleLine (or its designee) will vote (assuming it votes at all) for or against a particular type of proposal. The applicable portfolio managers who are primarily responsible for evaluating the individual holdings of the relevant Client are responsible in the first instance for overseeing the voting of proxies and taking action with respect to class actions or corporate actions for such Client (though they are not expected to review each such vote or action). Such portfolio managers may, in their discretion, vote proxies or take action with respect to class actions or corporate actions in a manner that is inconsistent with the Guidelines (or instruct Glass Lewis to do so) when they determine that doing so is in the best interests of the Client. In making any such determination, the portfolio managers may, in their discretion, take into account the recommendations of appropriate members of DoubleLine’s executive and senior management, other investment personnel and, if desired, an outside service.

Limitations of this Policy. This Policy applies to voting and/or consent rights of securities held by Clients. DoubleLine (or its designee) will, on behalf of each Client (including the Funds or the Private Funds) vote in circumstances such as, but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable indentures. This Policy does not apply, however, to consent rights that primarily represent decisions to buy or sell investments, such as tender or exchange offers, conversions, put options, redemption and Dutch auctions. Such decisions, while considered not to be covered within this Policy, shall be made with the Client’s best interests in mind. In certain limited circumstances, particularly in the area of structured finance, DoubleLine may, on behalf of Clients, enter into voting agreements or other contractual obligations that govern the voting of shares. In the event of a conflict between any such contractual requirements and the Guidelines, DoubleLine (or its designee) will vote in accordance with its contractual obligations.

In addition, where DoubleLine determines that there are unusual costs and/or difficulties associated with voting on a proposal, which more typically might be the case with respect to proposals relating to non-U.S. issuers, DoubleLine reserves the right to not vote on a proposal unless DoubleLine determines that the expected benefits of voting on such proposal exceed the expected cost to the Client, such as in situations where a jurisdiction imposes share blocking restrictions which may affect the ability of the portfolio managers to effect trades in the related security. DoubleLine will seek to consult with its Clients in such circumstances unless the investment management agreement or other written arrangement with the applicable Client gives DoubleLine authority to act in its discretion.

All proxies, class actions or corporate actions received shall be retained by the Chief Risk Officer or designee. Such records shall include whether DoubleLine voted such proxy or corporate actions and, if so, how the proxy was voted. The records also shall be transcribed into a format such that any Client’s overall proxy and corporate actions voting record can be provided upon request.

DoubleLine provides no assurance to former clients that applicable proxy, class actions or corporate actions information will be delivered to them.

IV. Proofs of Claim

DoubleLine does not complete proofs-of-claim on behalf of Clients for current or historical holdings other than for the Funds; however, DoubleLine will provide reasonable assistance to Clients with collecting information relevant to filing proofs-of-claim when such information is in the possession of DoubleLine. DoubleLine does not undertake to complete or provide proofs-of-claim for securities that had been held by any former client. DoubleLine will complete proofs-of-claim for the Funds and Private Funds, or provide reasonable access to the applicable Fund’s or Private Fund’s administrator to file such proofs-of-claim when appropriate.

V. Class Actions Policy

In the event that Client securities become the subject of a class action lawsuit, the applicable portfolio manager(s) will assess the value to Clients in participating in such legal action. If the portfolio manager decides that participating in the class action is in the Client’s best interest, DoubleLine will recommend that the Client or its custodian submit appropriate documentation on the Client’s behalf, subject to contractual or other authority. DoubleLine may consider any relevant information in determining whether participation in a class action lawsuit is in a Client’s best interest, including the costs that would be incurred by the Client and the resources that would be expended in participating in the class action, including in comparison to the Client pursuing other legal recourse against the issuer. DoubleLine also may choose to notify Clients (other than the Funds and the Private Funds) of the class action without making a recommendation as to participation, which would allow Clients to decide how or if to proceed. DoubleLine provides no assurance to former clients that applicable class action information will be delivered to them.

B-2 

VI. Procedures for Lent Securities and Issuers in Share-blocking Countries

At times, DoubleLine may not be able to take action in respect of a proposal on behalf of a Client when the Client’s relevant securities are on loan in accordance with the Client’s securities lending program and/or are controlled by a securities lending agent or custodian acting independently of DoubleLine. Notwithstanding this fact, in the event that DoubleLine becomes aware of a proposal on which a Client’s securities may be voted and with respect to which the outcome of such proposal could reasonably be expected to enhance the economic value of the Client’s position and some or a portion of that position is lent out, DoubleLine will make reasonable efforts to inform the Client that DoubleLine is not able to take action with respect to such proposal until and unless the Client recalls the lent security. When such situations relate to the Funds or the Private Funds, DoubleLine will take reasonable measures to recall the lent security in order to take action timely. There can be no assurance that any lent security will be returned timely.

In certain markets where share blocking occurs, shares must be frozen for trading purposes at the custodian or sub-custodian in order to vote. During the time that shares are blocked, any pending trades will not settle. Depending on the market, this period can last from one day to three weeks. Any sales that must be executed will settle late and potentially be subject to interest charges or other punitive fees. For this reason, in blocking markets, DoubleLine retains the right to vote or not, based on the determination of DoubleLine’s investment personnel as to whether voting would be in the Client’s best interest.

VII. Proxy Voting Committee; Oversight

DoubleLine has established a proxy voting committee (the “Committee”) with a primary responsibility of overseeing compliance with the Policy. The Committee, made up of non-investment executive officers, the Chief Risk Officer, and the Chief Compliance Officer (or his/her designee), meets on an as needed basis. The Committee will (1) monitor compliance with the Policy, including by periodically sampling proxy votes for review, (2) review, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of this Policy to ensure that such Policy has been effectively implemented and that the Policy continues to be designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Clients, and (3) review potential conflicts of interest that may arise under this Policy, including changes to the businesses of DoubleLine, Glass Lewis or other third- party proxy voting services retained by DoubleLine to determine whether those changes present new or additional conflicts of interest that should be addressed by this Policy.

The Committee shall have primary responsibility for managing DoubleLine’s relationship with Glass Lewis and/or any other third-party proxy voting service provider, including overseeing their compliance with this Policy generally as well as reviewing periodically instances in which (i) DoubleLine overrides a recommendation made by Glass Lewis or (ii) Glass Lewis does not provide a recommendation with respect to a proposal. The Committee shall also periodically review DoubleLine’s relationships with such entities more generally, including for potential conflicts of interest relevant to such entities and whether DoubleLine’s relationships with such entities should continue.

VIII. Procedures for Material Conflicts of Interest

The portfolio managers will seek to monitor for conflicts of interest arising between DoubleLine and a Client and shall report any such conflict identified by the portfolio managers to the Committee. Should material conflicts of interest arise between DoubleLine and a Client as to a proposal, the proposal shall be brought to the attention of the Committee, who shall involve other executive managers, legal counsel (which may be DoubleLine’s in-house counsel or outside counsel) or the Chief Compliance Officer as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee to attempt to resolve such conflicts. The Committee shall determine the materiality of such conflict if the conflict cannot be resolved. (An example of a specific conflict of interest that should be brought to the Committee is a situation where a proxy contest involves securities issued by a Client. When in doubt as to a potential conflict, portfolio managers shall bring the proxy to the attention of the Committee.)

If, after appropriate review, a material conflict between DoubleLine and a Client is deemed to exist, DoubleLine will seek to resolve any such conflict in the best interest of the Client whose assets it is voting by pursuing any one of the following courses of action: (i) voting (or not voting) in accordance with the Guidelines; (ii) convening a Committee meeting to assess available measures to address the conflict and implementing those measures; (iii) voting in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider chosen by the Committee; (iv) voting (or not voting) in accordance with the instructions of such Client; (v) or not voting with respect to the proposal if consistent with DoubleLine’s fiduciary obligations.

Investments in the DoubleLine Funds. In the event that DoubleLine has discretionary authority to vote shares of a Fund owned by all Clients (including the Funds), DoubleLine will vote the shares of such Fund in the same proportion as the votes of the other beneficial shareholders of such Fund. Under this “echo voting” approach, DoubleLine’s voting of a Fund’s shares would merely amplify the votes already received from such Fund’s other shareholders. DoubleLine’s potential conflict is therefore mitigated by replicating the voting preferences expressed by the Fund’s other shareholders.

IX. Procedures for Proxy Solicitation

In the event that any employee of DoubleLine receives a request to reveal or disclose DoubleLine’s voting intention on a specific proxy event to a third party, the employee must forward the solicitation request to the Chief Compliance Officer or designee. Such requests shall be reviewed with the Committee or appropriate executive and senior management. Any written requests shall be retained with the proxy files maintained by the Chief Operating Officer or designee.

B-3 

X. Additional Procedures for the Funds

A. Filing Form N-PX

Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 requires mutual funds to file an annual record of proxies voted by a Fund on Form N-PX. Form N-PX must be filed each year no later than August 31 and must contain the Funds’ proxy voting record for the most recent twelve-month period ending June 30.

The Funds rely upon their respective fund administrator to prepare and make their filings on Form N-PX. DoubleLine shall assist the fund administrator by providing information (including by causing such information to be provided by any third party proxy voting service for record comparison purposes as deemed necessary) regarding any proxy votes made for the Funds within the most recent twelve-month period ending June 30. DoubleLine shall retain records of any such votes with sufficient information to make accurate annual Form N-PX filings.

B. Providing Policies and Procedures

Mutual funds (including the Funds) that invest in voting securities are required to describe in their Statements of Additional Information (“SAIs”) the policies and procedures that they use to determine how to vote proxies relating to securities held in their portfolios. The Funds also may choose to include these policies and procedures as part of their registration statement. Closed-end funds (such as DBL and DSL) must disclose their proxy voting policies and procedures annually on Form N-CSR.

Funds are required to disclose in shareholder reports that a description of the fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures is available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling a specified toll-free (or collect) telephone number; (ii) on the fund’s website, if applicable; and (iii) on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The fund administrator shall ensure that such disclosures are included when preparing shareholder reports on the Funds’ behalf. The Funds currently do not provide the proxy policies and procedures on their website.

A Fund is required to send the description of the fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures within three business days of receipt of the request, by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery. The Funds rely upon the fund administrator to provide this service.

XI. Recordkeeping

A. DoubleLine must maintain the documentation described in this Policy for a period of not less than five (5) years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two (2) years at its principal place of business. DoubleLine will be responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained, including with respect to class action claims or corporate actions other than proxy voting. DoubleLine has engaged Glass Lewis to retain the aforementioned proxy voting records on behalf of DoubleLine (and its Clients).

B. Client request to review proxy votes:

Any written request from a Client related to actions taken with respect to a proposal received by any employee of DoubleLine must be retained. Only written responses to oral requests need to be maintained.

The Client Service group will record the identity of the Client, the date of the request, and the disposition (e.g., provided a written or oral response to Client’s request, referred to third party, not a proxy voting client, other dispositions, etc.).

In order to facilitate the management of proxy voting record keeping process, and to facilitate dissemination of such proxy voting records to Clients, the Client Service group will distribute to any Client requesting proxy voting information DoubleLine’s complete proxy voting record for the Client for the period requested. If deemed operationally more efficient, DoubleLine may choose to release its entire proxy voting record for the requested period, with any information identifying a particular Client redacted. The Client Service group shall furnish the information requested, free of charge, to the Client within a reasonable time period (within 10 business days) and maintain a copy of the written record provided in response to Client’s written (including e-mail) or oral request. A copy of the written response should be attached and maintained with the Client’s written request, if applicable, and stored in an appropriate file.

Clients can require the delivery of the proxy voting record relevant to their accounts for the five year period prior to their request.

C. Examples of proxy voting records:

- Documents prepared or created by DoubleLine that were material to making a decision on how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision. Documentation or notes or any communications received from third parties, other industry analysts, third party service providers, company’s management discussions, etc. that were material in the basis for the decision.

XII. Disclosure

The Chief Compliance Officer or designee will ensure that Form ADV Part 2A is updated as necessary to reflect: (i) all material changes to this Policy; and (ii) regulatory requirements related to proxy voting disclosure.

B-4 

Attachment A to Proxy Voting, Corporate Action and Class Action Policy

Guidelines

The proxy voting decisions set forth below refer to proposals by company management except for the categories of “Shareholder Proposals” and “Social Issue Proposals.” The voting decisions in these latter two categories refer to proposals by outside shareholders.

Governance

• For trustee nominees in uncontested elections

• For management nominees in contested elections

• For ratifying auditors, except against if the previous auditor was dismissed because of a disagreement with the company or if the fees for non-audit services exceed 51% of total fees

• For changing the company name

• For approving other business

• For adjourning the meeting

• For technical amendments to the charter and/or bylaws

• For approving financial statements

Capital Structure

• For increasing authorized common stock

• For decreasing authorized common stock

• For amending authorized common stock

• For the issuance of common stock, except against if the issued common stock has superior voting rights

• For approving the issuance or exercise of stock warrants

• For authorizing preferred stock, except against if the board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions of the shares

• For increasing authorized preferred stock, except against if the board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions of the shares

• For decreasing authorized preferred stock

• For canceling a class or series of preferred stock

• For amending preferred stock

• For issuing or converting preferred stock, except against if the shares have voting rights superior to those of other shareholders

• For eliminating preemptive rights

• For creating or restoring preemptive rights

• Against authorizing dual or multiple classes of common stock

• For eliminating authorized dual or multiple classes of common stock

• For amending authorized dual or multiple classes of common stock

• For increasing authorized shares of one or more classes of dual or multiple classes of common stock, except against if it will allow the company to issue additional shares with superior voting rights

• For a stock repurchase program

• For a stock split

• For a reverse stock split, except against if the company does not intend to proportionally reduce the number of authorized shares

Mergers and Restructuring

• For merging with or acquiring another company

• For recapitalization

• For restructuring the company

• For bankruptcy restructurings

• For liquidations

• For reincorporating in a different state

• For spinning off certain company operations or divisions

• For the sale of assets

• Against eliminating cumulative voting

• For adopting cumulative voting

Board of Trustees

• For limiting the liability of trustees

• For setting the board size

• For allowing the trustees to fill vacancies on the board without shareholder approval

• Against giving the board the authority to set the size of the board as needed without shareholder approval

• For a proposal regarding the removal of trustees, except against if the proposal limits the removal of trustees to cases where there is legal cause

• For non-technical amendments to the company’s certificate of incorporation, except against if an amendment would have the effect of reducing shareholders’ rights

• For non-technical amendments to the company’s bylaws, except against if an amendment would have the effect of reducing shareholder’s rights

B-5 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

• Against a classified board

• Against amending a classified board

• For repealing a classified board

• Against ratifying or adopting a shareholder rights plan (poison pill)

• Against redeeming a shareholder rights plan (poison pill)

• Against eliminating shareholders’ right to call a special meeting

• Against limiting shareholders’ right to call a special meeting

• For restoring shareholders’ right to call a special meeting

• Against eliminating shareholders’ right to act by written consent

• Against limiting shareholders’ right to act by written consent

• For restoring shareholders’ right to act by written consent

• Against establishing a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination

• For amending a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination, except against if the amendment would increase the vote required to approve the transaction

• For eliminating a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination

• Against adopting supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions

• Against amending supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions

• For eliminating supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions

• Against expanding or clarifying the authority of the board of trustees to consider factors other than the interests of shareholders in assessing a takeover bid

• Against establishing a fair price provision

• Against amending a fair price provision

• For repealing a fair price provision

• For limiting the payment of greenmail

• Against adopting advance notice requirements

• For opting out of a state takeover statutory provision

• Against opt into a state takeover statutory provision

Compensation

• For adopting a stock incentive plan for employees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common stock or if the potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock

• For amending a stock incentive plan for employees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the minimum potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock

• For adding shares to a stock incentive plan for employees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common stock or if the potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock

• For limiting per-employee option awards

• For extending the term of a stock incentive plan for employees

• Case-by-case on assuming stock incentive plans

• For adopting a stock incentive plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common equity

• For amending a stock incentive plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common equity

• For adding shares to a stock incentive plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity

• For adopting an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposed plan allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value

• For amending an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposal allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value

• For adding shares to an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposed plan allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value

• For adopting a stock award plan, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity

• For amending a stock award plan, except against if the amendment shortens the vesting requirements or lessens the performance requirements

B-6 

• For adding shares to a stock award plan, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity

• For adopting a stock award plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity

• For amending a stock award plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the minimum potential dilution from all plans is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity

• For adding shares to a stock award plan for non-employee trustees, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity

• For approving an annual bonus plan

• For adopting a savings plan

• For granting a one-time stock option or stock award, except decide on a case-by-case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity

• For adopting a deferred compensation plan

• For approving a long-term bonus plan

• For approving an employment agreement or contract

• For amending a deferred compensation plan

• For amending an annual bonus plan

• For reapproving a stock option plan or bonus plan for purposes of OBRA

• For amending a long-term bonus plan

Shareholder Proposals

• For requiring shareholder ratification of auditors

• Against requiring the auditors to attend the annual meeting

• Against limiting consulting by auditors

• Against requiring the rotation of auditors

• Against restoring preemptive rights

• For asking the company to study sales, spin-offs, or other strategic alternatives

• For asking the board to adopt confidential voting and independent tabulation of the proxy ballots

• Against asking the company to refrain from counting abstentions and broker non-votes in vote tabulations

• Against eliminating the company’s discretion to vote unmarked proxy ballots

• For providing equal access to the proxy materials for shareholders

• Against requiring a majority vote to elect trustees

• Against requiring the improvement of annual meeting reports

• Against changing the annual meeting location

• Against changing the annual meeting date

• Against asking the board to include more women and minorities as trustees

• Against seeking to increase board independence

• Against limiting the period of time a trustee can serve by establishing a retirement or tenure policy

• Against requiring minimum stock ownership by trustees

• Against providing for union or employee representatives on the board of trustees

• For increasing disclosure regarding the board’s role in the development and monitoring of the company’s long-term strategic plan

• For creating a nominating committee of the board

• Against urging the creation of a shareholder committee

• Against asking that the chairman of the board of trustees be chosen from among the ranks of the non-employee trustees

• Against asking that a lead trustee be chosen from among the ranks of the non-employee trustees

• For adopting cumulative voting

• Against requiring trustees to place a statement of candidacy in the proxy statement

• Against requiring the nomination of two trustee candidates for each open board seat

• Against making trustees liable for acts or omissions that constitute a breach of fiduciary care resulting from a trustee’s gross negligence and/or reckless or willful neglect

• For repealing a classified board

• Against asking the board to redeem or to allow shareholders to vote on a poison pill shareholder rights plan

• Against repealing fair price provisions

• For restoring shareholders’ right to call a special meeting

• For restoring shareholders’ right to act by written consent

• For limiting the board’s discretion to issue targeted share placements or requiring shareholder approval before such block placements can be made

• For seeking to force the company to opt out of a state takeover statutory provision

• Against reincorporating the company in another state

• For limiting greenmail payments

• Against advisory vote on compensation

B-7 

• Against restricting executive compensation

• For enhancing the disclosure of executive compensation

• Against restricting trustee compensation

• Against capping executive pay

• Against calling for trustees to be paid with company stock

• Against calling for shareholder votes on executive pay

• Against calling for the termination of trustee retirement plans

• Against asking management to review, report on, and/or link executive compensation to non-financial criteria, particularly social criteria

• Against seeking shareholder approval to reprice or replace underwater stock options

• For banning or calling for a shareholder vote on future golden parachutes

• Against seeking to award performance-based stock options

• Against establishing a policy of expensing the costs of all future stock options issued by the company in the company’s annual income statement

• Against requesting that future executive compensation be determined without regard to any pension fund income

• Against approving extra benefits under Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)

• Against requiring option shares to be held

• For creating a compensation committee

• Against requiring that the compensation committee hire its own independent compensation consultants-separate from the compensation consultants working with corporate management-to assist with executive compensation issues

• For increasing the independence of the compensation committee

• For increasing the independence of the audit committee

• For increasing the independence of key committees

Social Issue Proposals

• Against asking the company to develop or report on human rights policies

• Against asking the company to limit or end operations in Burma

• For asking management to review operations in Burma

• For asking management to certify that company operations are free of forced labor

• Against asking management to implement and/or increase activity on each of the principles of the U.S. Business Principles for Human Rights of Workers in China.

• Against asking management to develop social, economic, and ethical criteria that the company could use to determine the acceptability of military contracts and to govern the execution of the contracts

• Against asking management to create a plan of converting the company’s facilities that are dependent on defense contracts toward production for commercial markets

• Against asking management to report on the company’s government contracts for the development of ballistic missile defense technologies and related space systems

• Against asking management to report on the company’s foreign military sales or foreign offset activities

• Against asking management to limit or end nuclear weapons production

• Against asking management to review nuclear weapons production

• Against asking the company to establish shareholder-designated contribution programs

• Against asking the company to limit or end charitable giving

• For asking the company to increase disclosure of political spending and activities

• Against asking the company to limit or end political spending

• For requesting disclosure of company executives’ prior government service

• Against requesting affirmation of political nonpartisanship

• For asking management to report on or change tobacco product marketing practices, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting

• Against severing links with the tobacco industry

• Against asking the company to review or reduce tobacco harm to health

• For asking management to review or promote animal welfare, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting

• For asking the company to report or take action on pharmaceutical drug pricing or distribution, except against if the proposal asks for more than a report

• Against asking the company to take action on embryo or fetal destruction

• For asking the company to review or report on nuclear facilities or nuclear waste, except against if the proposal asks for cessation of nuclear-related activities or other action beyond reporting

• For asking the company to review its reliance on nuclear and fossil fuels, its development or use of solar and wind power, or its energy efficiency, except vote against if the proposal asks for more than a report

• Against asking management to endorse the Ceres principles

• For asking the company to control generation of pollutants, except against if the proposal asks for action beyond reporting or if the company reports its omissions and plans to limit their future growth or if the company reports its omissions and plans to reduce them from established levels

• For asking the company to report on its environmental impact or plans, except against if management has issued a written statement beyond the legal minimum

B-8 

• For asking management to report or take action on climate change, except against if management acknowledges a global warming threat and has issued company policy or if management has issued a statement and committed to targets and timetables or if the company is not a major emitter of greenhouse gases

• For asking management to report on, label, or restrict sales of bioengineered products, except against if the proposal asks for action beyond reporting or calls for a moratorium on sales of bioengineered products

• Against asking the company to preserve natural habitat

• Against asking the company to review its developing country debt and lending criteria and to report to shareholders on its findings

• Against requesting the company to assess the environmental, public health, human rights, labor rights, or other socioeconomic impacts of its credit decisions

• For requesting reports and/or reviews of plans and/or policies on fair lending practices, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting

• Against asking the company to establish committees to consider issues related to facilities closure and relocation of work

• For asking management to report on the company’s affirmative action policies and programs, including releasing its EEO-1 forms and providing statistical data on specific positions within the company, except against if the company releases its EEO-1 reports

• Against asking management to drop sexual orientation from EEO policy

• Against asking management to adopt a sexual orientation non-discrimination policy

• For asking management to report on or review Mexican operations

• Against asking management to adopt standards for Mexican operations

• Against asking management to review or implement the MacBride principles

• Against asking the company to encourage its contractors and franchisees to implement the MacBride principles

• For asking management to report on or review its global labor practices or those of its contractors, except against if the company already reports publicly using a recognized standard or if the resolution asks for more than a report

• Against asking management to adopt, implement, or enforce a global workplace code of conduct based on the International Labor Organization’s core labor conventions

• For requesting reports on sustainability, except against if the company has already issued a report in GRI format

Adopted by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: March 25, 2010

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: March 1, 2011

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: August 25, 2011

Renewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: May 22, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: November 20, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board: August 21, 2014

Adopted by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: August 24, 2011

Renewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: May 22, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: November 20, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: August 21, 2014

Adopted by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board: May 22, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board: November 20, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board: August 21, 2014

Adopted by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees: May 22, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees: November 20, 2013

Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees: August 21, 2014

Reviewed and approved by the Boards of the DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity Funds, DoubleLine

Opportunistic Credit Fund and DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund: August 20, 2015

B-9 

PART C - OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25: Financial Statements and Exhibits

1. Financial Statements:

The Registrant’s audited financial statements, notes to the financial statements and the report of independent public accounting firm thereon have been incorporated into Part B of the Registration Statement by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 contained in its Form N-CSR, as described in the statement of additional information.

2. Exhibits:

a.1 Articles of Incorporation. Filed on July 1, 2016 as Exhibit a to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

a.2 Articles of Amendment and Restatement. Filed on August 29, 2016 as Exhibit a to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

b. By-Laws of Fund. Filed on September 27, 2016 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 as Exhibit b to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

c. None.

d. None.

e. Dividend Reinvestment Plan. Filed on September 27, 2016 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 as Exhibit e to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

f. None.

g.1 Form of Management Agreement between Registrant and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC. Filed on September 27, 2016 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 as Exhibit g.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

g.2 Form of Subadvisory Agreement. Filed on September 27, 2016 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 as Exhibit g.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

h.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

h.2 Form of Master Sales Agreement.*

i. None.

j. Form of Custody Agreement. Filed on September 27, 2016 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 as Exhibit j to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

k.1 Form of Master Services Agreement. Filed on September 27, 2016 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 as Exhibit k.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

k.2 Form of Amended Distribution Agreement with TSC Distributors, LLC. Filed on September 27, 2016 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 as Exhibit k.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

k.3 Credit Agreement dated as of December 16, 2016, between RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association. Filed on March 15, 2019 as Exhibit k.3 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-230320) and incorporated herein by reference.

l. Opinion and consent of Shapiro Sher Guinot & Sandler, P.A. Filed on September 23, 2019 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 as Exhibit l. to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-230320) and incorporated herein by reference.

m. None.

n. Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.**

o. None.

p. Subscription Agreement. Filed on September 27, 2016 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 as Exhibit p to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

q. None.

r.1 Code of Ethics of Registrant. Filed on September 27, 2016 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 as Exhibit r.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

r.2 Code of Ethics of RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC. Filed on September 27, 2016 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 as Exhibit r.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

r.3 Code of Ethics of DoubleLine Capital LP. Filed on September 27, 2016 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 as Exhibit r.3 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

s. Powers of Attorney. Filed on September 23, 2019 in Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 as Exhibit s. to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-230320) and incorporated herein by reference.

- 2 - 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 26: Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” on page 82 of the Prospectus is incorporated by reference, and any information concerning any underwriters will be contained in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement, if any.

Item 27: Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

Securities and Exchange Commission Fees	$36,360
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Fees	$45,500
Printing and Engraving Expenses	$100,000
Legal Fees	$160,000
Listing Fees	$23,500
Accounting Expenses	$5,000
Blue Sky Filing Fees and Expenses	$0
Miscellaneous Expenses	$75,000
Total	$445,360

Item 28: Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

Not applicable.

Item 29: Number of Holders of Securities

At June 30, 2019

Title of Class	Number of Record Holders
Common Shares, $0.0001 par value	61
Preferred Shares, $0.0001 par value	0

- 3 - 

Item 30: Indemnification

Section 7.2 of the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Registrant provides as follows:

Any person who is made a party or is threatened to be made a party in any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is a current or former director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving while a director or officer of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent, or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise, or employee benefit plan, shall be indemnified by the Corporation against judgments, penalties, fines, excise taxes, settlements, and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding to the fullest extent permissible under Maryland law, the Securities Act, and the 1940 Act, as such statutes are now or hereinafter in force. In addition, the Corporation shall advance expenses to its current and former directors and officers who are made, or are threatened to be made, parties to any action, suit, or proceeding described above to the fullest extent that advancement of expenses is permitted by Maryland law, the Securities Act and the 1940 Act. The Board of Directors, by Bylaw, resolution, or agreement, may make further provision for indemnification of directors, officers, employees, and agents to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. No provision of this Article VII shall be effective to protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Corporation against any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which she or he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of her or his office. Upon the direction of the Board of Directors, an advancement-of-costs agreement may be required in order to require the repayment of reimbursed expenses in the event that the foregoing exclusion was later determined to apply.

Reference will be made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit (h)(1) in an amendment to the Registrant’s Registration Statement.

Item 31: Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisers

RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC

The information in the Statement of Additional Information under the captions “Board Members and Officers” is hereby incorporated by reference.

The principal occupation of the directors and officers of the Adviser are their services as directors and officers of the Adviser. The address of the Adviser is 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654.

Set forth below is information as to any other business, profession, vocation and employment of a substantial nature in which each officer of the Adviser is, or at any during the last two fiscal years has been, engaged for their own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee partner or trustee:

- 4 - 

Name*	Positions with RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC	Other Business Connections	Type of Business
Brian H. Schmucker	President and Board of Managers	Board of Directors, RiverNorth Holdings, Co.; Board of Managers, RiverNorth Financial Holdings, LLC	Investments
Patrick W. Galley	Chief Investment Officer and Board of Managers	President and Trustee, RiverNorth Funds; Board of Directors, RiverNorth Holdings, Co.; Board of Managers, RiverNorth Financial Holdings, LLC.	Investments
Jonathan M. Mohrhardt	Chief Operating Officer and Board of Managers	Treasurer, RiverNorth Funds; Board of Directors, RiverNorth Holdings, Co.; Board of Managers, RiverNorth Financial Holdings, LLC	Investments
Marcus L. Collins	General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer	Chief Compliance Officer, RiverNorth Funds	Investments
Stephen A. O’Neill	Portfolio Manager	Portfolio Manager, RiverNorth Funds	Investments

* The address for each of the named is 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654.

DoubleLine Capital LP

The Registrant’s sub-adviser, DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Subadviser”), is a Delaware limited partnership. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and trustees of the Subadviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Subadviser and such officers and trustees during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Form ADV (SEC File No. 801-70942) filed by the Subadviser pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

Item 32: Location of Accounts and Records.

RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC maintains the Charter, By-Laws, minutes of directors and shareholders meetings and contracts of the Registrant, all advisory material of the investment adviser, all general and subsidiary ledgers, journals, trial balances, records of all portfolio purchases and sales, and all other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules thereunder.

Item 33: Management Services

Not applicable.

- 5 - 

Item 34: Undertakings

1. Not applicable.

2. Not applicable.

3. If the securities being registered are to be offered to existing shareholders pursuant to warrants or rights, and any securities not taken by shareholders are to be reoffered to the public, Registrant undertakes to supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the subscription period, and to set forth the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities to be purchased by underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If any public offering by the underwriters of the securities being registered is to be made on terms differing from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, the Registrant shall undertake to file a post-effective amendment to set forth the terms of such offering.

4. The Registrant undertakes

(a) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

(1) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(2) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement; and

(3) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;

(b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(c) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(d) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act of 1933, as part of a Registration Statement relating to an offering other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of and included in this Registration Statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in this Registration Statement or prospectus that is part of this Registration Statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement or prospectus that is part of this Registration Statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supercede or modify any statement that was made in this Registration Statement or prospectus that was part of this Registration Statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;

- 6 - 

(e) that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:

The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

(1) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act of 1933;

(2) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

(3) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

5. The Registrant undertakes that:

a. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

b. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

6. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.

7. Registrant undertakes to only offer rights to purchase common and preferred shares together after a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to such rights has been declared effective.

- 7 - 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in this City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 11^th day of October, 2019.

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
By:	/s/ Patrick W. Galley
	Patrick W. Galley, President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature		Title	Date
By:	/s/ Patrick W. Galley	President (Principal Executive Officer)	October 11, 2019
	Patrick W. Galley
By:	/s/ Jonathan M. Mohrhardt	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer/Principal Accounting Officer)	October 11, 2019
	Jonathan M. Mohrhardt
By:	/s/ Patrick W. Galley	Chairman of the Board and Director
	Patrick W. Galley
John K. Carter(1)		Director )	By:	/s/ Patrick W. Galley
				Patrick W. Galley
J. Wayne Hutchens(1)		Director )		Attorney-In-Fact
				October 11, 2019
John S. Oakes(1)		Director )
David M. Swanson(1)		Director )
Jerry Raio(1)		Director )

(1) Original powers of attorney authorizing Joshua B. Deringer, Diane E. McCarthy and Patrick W. Galley to execute Registrant’s Registration Statement, and Amendments thereto, for the trustees of the Registrant on whose behalf this Registration Statement is filed, were previously executed and are filed as Exhibit s. to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-230320).

- 8 - 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

n. Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

- 9 -